Date post: | 06-Jan-2016 |
Category: |
Documents |
Upload: | lugomir-lugomir |
View: | 1,357 times |
Download: | 263 times |
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 1/274
Content
Instruction Manual
Generator circuit-breaker SF6FKG1X
With spring operating mechanismFK3-12
POCHEON - KOREA
AR 133690_1110
Non contractual picture refer to the customer general arrangement
This equipment contains Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas (SF6) covered by the Kyoto Protocol, which has a Global Warming Potential (GWP)
of 22200.
SF6 should be recovered and not released into the atmosphere.
For further information on the use and handling of SF6, please refer to IEC 62271: High-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear - Part 303: Use
and Handling of Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6).
Administrator First issue Compiled by Approved by
AHT 14/09/2012 D. CHERRABEN R. DUPONT
D5517EN01
1/4
© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or
should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial
circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties,
without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 2/274
Content
Instruction Manual
EN
D5517EN012/4
© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or
should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial
circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties,
without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 3/274
Content
Instruction Manual
Safety
Product safety sheets PS0000EN04
Technical data
Technical characteristics G10-100EN04
Descript ion and operation
General description of the circuit-breaker G12-001EN10
Electrical components complementary to the circuit breaker G12-053EN02
Description of circuit-breaker pole G12-109EN03
Pole operation of circuit-breaker (interrupting principle) G13-001EN02
Operating device of circuit-breaker 48-020-212EN02Switch operating mechanism(s) M14-005EN05
SF6 gas monitoring M20-002EN03
Shipping and storage
Packaging - Identification - Storage S22-001EN05
Cases identification G25-001EN02
Installation
Erection general instructions S30-001EN03
Tightening torques S31-001EN05
Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles G31-061EN04
Removing (Re-install) the covers of enclosure for intervention G31-080EN05
Circuit-breaker erection G31-201EN12
Measuring main circuit resistance G31-401EN02
Connection with preparation of contact surfaces G31-501EN04Filling with SF6 gas M32-001EN06
D5517EN013/4
© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or
should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial
circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties,
without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 4/274
Content Instruction Manual
Commissioning
Pre-commissioning inspections G34-001EN04
Commissioning test report RES337EN003
Acceptance criteria CA400321-3EN006
Maintenance
Maintenance plan G51-001EN07
Electrical wear limits G51-051EN03
Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection G51-101EN03
Replacing the electrical contact densimeter G51-161EN02
Replacement of enclosure cover seals G51-202EN06
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments G51-500EN01
Troubleshooting G52-001EN03
Tooling
Tooling and accessories G60-001EN14
Installing short-circuit bars G61-001EN06
Equipment end of li fe
Dismantling and recovery of components from a circuit breaker G80-000EN02
Management of SF6 gas G80-001EN02
Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas and decomposition products G81-001EN03
Client drawings
General arrangement VS133690GAD03D
Elementary diagram VS133690EDD03D
Nameplate engraving VS133690NPD03D
SF6 pressure scale SF6 Elementary diagram VS133690SPD03D
Interlocking diagram VS133690IDD03D
D5517EN01
4/4
© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or
should be relied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial
circumstances. It is provided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties,
without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 5/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0000EN 04 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2001-03-21 1 / 1
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
S U M M A R Y
of PRODUCT SAFETY SHEETS
for equipment* manufactured by
ALSTOM GRID - AHT
SUBJECT Reference N° Revision Remarks
Summary PS 0000EN 04
Working environment PS 0001EN 03
Handling Operations PS 0002EN 03
Pressurized Equipment PS 0003EN 03
SF6 : Use and Handling. PS 0004EN 03 Not applicable to pneumatically
operated circuit breakers
Chemicals PS 0005EN 03
Elec trical Equipment PS 0006EN 03
Machinery PS 0007EN 04
Operation PS 0008EN 04
Maintenance PS 0009EN 04
* : excluding lightning arresters.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 6/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 7/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0001EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
SAFETY SHEET
WORKING
ENVIRONMENT
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
Any negligence as regards site organisation may cause an accident.
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
All remedial action, for all life-cycles of the equipment, must be carried out in a safe working
environment.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 8/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
PS 0001EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 2
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O
N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G
&
R E C Y C L I N G
1 Personnel :
- Appropriate clothing, gloves, helmet, safety
boots, harness, etc..
- The personnel concerned must be familiar with
the basic working regulations governing a givenwork station: mechanical, dielectric, pressure
hazards, etc..
X X X X X X X
2 Handling Equipment :
- This must be in good working order, regularly
maintained, properly adjusted and compliantwith the standards in force in the country of use.
X X X X X X X
3 Tools in General :
- Only use tools appropriate to the type of work tobe carried out.
X X X X X
4 Working Area :
- Make sure the floor is safe (free from oil, bluntobjects, etc.).
- The site must be properly demarcated and kept
clear.
X X X X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 9/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0002EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 1 / 3
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY SHEET
HANDLING OPERATIONS
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
Any handling operation may involve danger : - for the personnel,
- for the equipment being handled,
- for the installations or equipment in the vicinity.
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
As a general rule, handling operations must be carried out by personnel familiar with the basic
handling regulations, using equipment in good working order, and wearing the appropriate
protective clothing or equipment.
Ensure that the condition of the cases is such that they can be safely handled (state of the wood,
shock-resistance, etc.).
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 10/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
PS 0002EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 3
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G &
R E C Y C L I N G
Handling operations must be carried out by personnel
familiar with the basic handling regulations.X X X X X X X
Personnel must be qualified to operate liftingequipment, cranes, overhead conveyors, etc..
X X X X X X X
Equipment in proper working order :
- Equipment must be checked and maintained
regularly in accordance with local regulations.
- All equipment must be properly housed.
X X X X X X X
Familiarity with the load to be handled (see details on
the case).X X X X X X X
Use of the appropriate handling equipment :
- Type of sling(s),
- Correct slinging methods,
- Use of special ALSTOM handling equipment.
X X X X X X X
Follow the handling instructions on :
- the cases (pictorial symbols: centre of gravity,
slinging points, etc.),
- the assembly instructions.
X X X
Compliance with the relevant work station safety
instructions (proximity of electrica l equipment).X X X X X X
Operator Safety :
- use of gloves, helmets, safety boots, etc .,
- loads not to be carried with personnel underneath.
X X X X X X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 11/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0002EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 3 / 3
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G &
R E C Y C L I N G
Handling of insulating jac kets at transport pressure (300
hPa maximum). X X X
Ensure that cases have not been damaged during
handling or prolonged storage.X
Follow the stac king instructions. X X X
It is essential to open cases from the top and to takecare when unpacking.
X
Before handling any hydraulically operated
component, bring oil pressure back to atmospheric
pressure.
X X
Before handling any mechanically operated
component, disable the springs.X X
Bring insulating jacket working pressure back to
transport pressure (300 hPa maximum).X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 12/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 13/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0003EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 3
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
SAFETY SHEET
PRESSURIZED EQUIPMENT
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
Our equipment includes gas pressure assemblies (SF6, nitrogen, a ir, etc .) or fluids (oil).
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
• Comply with the storage, transport and operating instructions supplied with our equipment.
• Before initial filling and pressurizing, check the overall condition of the shielding conc erned :
- no signs of impact, splitting or chipping on the porcelain components, etc.,
- no visible damage to hoses and/ or rigid pipes (cuts, folds, corrosion, etc .) or to fittings and
metal protection (accumulators, tank, etc.).
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
As a general rule, all work on pressurized equipment must be carried out by qualified personnel.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 14/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0003EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 3
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G &
R E C Y C L I N G
1 Pressurized Equipment : General.
1.1 Comply with the assembly instructions shown
on both our equipment and the gas bottles.X X X X X X X
1.2 Before starting work on any pressurized piece
of equipment, make sure there is no pressure.X X X X
1.3 Before any handling, check to see how the
equipment is fixed to its frame and how the
frame is itself anchored.
X X X X
1.4 High-pressure pipes must be fixed or otherwise
made safe.X X X X
1.5 Before initial pressurization, check that allcircuits are properly sealed.
X X X X
1.6 Never tighten a pressure fitting. X X X X
1.7 Ensure that for every bolted connection for a
volume under pressure there is an appropriate
and properly fastened bolt at each relevant
point.
X X
1.8 It is strictly forbidden to lift or otherwise move a
piece of equipment inflated to a pressure in
excess of 300 hPa of gas.
X X X X X
1.9 Before giving any orders to move equipment,
chec k visually or by ear that all the relevant
pipe fittings are tight.
X X X
1.10 Comply with the standard instructions
governing the use of compressed gas bottles
(e.g. keep the bottle away from any source of
heat).
X X X X X X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 15/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0003EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 3 / 3
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G &
R E C Y C L I N G
2
SF6 Pressure Equipment.
2.1 See SF6 Safety Sheet.X
X
X
X
X X
X
2.2 An effec tive pressure of 300 hPa, used for the
transport and storage of our products, is not
regarded as a potential hazard.
X
X
X
X
X
2.3 Always fill the unit using the appropriate
equipment, which should include a safety
valve.
X X X
2.4 Do not inflate over and above the prescribed
pressure.X X X
2.5 It is strictly forbidden to release SF6 toatmosphere. All discharged gas must without
exception be recovered.
X X X X X
3 Hydraulic Equipment.
3.1 Circuit Purging.
This must be done under pressure. Use the
appropriate equipment.
X X
3.2 Hydraulic Control Unit.
The doors must be kept shut except when
control tests are being carried out.
X
X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 16/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 17/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0004EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 3
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
SAFETY SHEET
SF6
Use and Handling
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
Sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) is a gas which in its basic state is colourless, odourless and tasteless. It is
not toxic, but it cannot sustain life. It is a heavy gas that is dispersed slowly into the atmosphere.
In its natural state, SF6 is delivered and stored in pressurized tanks (bottles or spheres) at a pressure
of approximately 20 bar at 20°C (in its liquid form) and complies with IEC standard 376.
However, under the effect of the electric arc, the SF6 molecules break up and the elements mostly
recombine during cooling either due to extinction of the arc or by regeneration caused by thepresence of active absorbent charges within the c ircuit breaker.
Various chemical reactions, associated with the volatilization of the materials in contact with the
electric arc, create either fluoridized or sulphurous secondary gas products or solid products in the
form of metallic fluoride powder ; or again, in the presence of traces of water or moisture,
hydrofluoric acid or sulphur dioxide.
In the life-cycle of the equipment, SF6 can be observed not only in its pure state, but also in its
contaminated state :
- the use of new SF6 for filling or adding,
- leaks under normal operating conditions,
- maintenance involving the opening of circuit breakers containing old SF6 (decomposition
products),
- abnormal conditions (internal arc fault causing the shielding to break),
- circuit breaker recycling on end of life-cycle.
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
Follow the instructions for the transport of pressurized containers.
The storage of these containers is governed by the same storage regulations as compressed gas
bottles :
- keep away from any source of heat and in a cool, dry and well-ventilated area,
- always fit a pressure reducing valve.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 18/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
PS 0004EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 3
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
Whilst SF6 in its pure state is not toxic, the decomposition products have varying degrees of toxicity.
They may irritate the skin, the eyes and the mucous membranes; and in massive amounts may
cause serious lesions (oedema, heart failure, c irculatory disorders and unconsciousness).
However, very rapidly and before there is any real danger, signs such as a pungent smell, irritation
of the mucous of the nose, the eyes and the mouth will give a warning and the personnel
concerned will have sufficient time to take the necessary safety actions.
Where the gas is used or handled within enclosed premises, ensure adequate ventilation,especially low down.
If the gas is inhaled, the area concerned must be evacuated immediately.
Under normal operating conditions, leaks are exceptionally minor and not critical, even when the
gas contains impurities (due to the regenerating filters in the circuit breaker).
Filling and where necessary topping up operations must be carried out using the appropriate tools.
During maintenance operations, or at the end of the life-cycle, dust inside the equipment must beremoved by a vacuum extractor and the operator should wear a mask. Gas recovery must be
carried out using the appropriate gas recovery equipment.
Gases and decomposition products must be treated and/or disposed of by specialist organizations.
Under extremely abnormal conditions (e.g. break in the shielding) in an enc losed space, individual
protective equipment is recommended.
Lastly, it is forbidden to smoke, drink, eat or keep food in the vicinity of open SF6 equipment,
whether indoors or outside (harmful dust).
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
It is essential that both the fitter and the userread IEC Technical Report 1634 regarding the use andhandling of sulphur hexafluoride gas.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 19/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0004EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 3 / 3
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G &
R E C Y C L I N G
Transport of SF6 X X
Pure SF6 X X X X X
Contaminated SF6 X X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 20/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 21/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0005EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
SAFETY SHEET
CHEMICALS
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
Generally speaking, the products used for installation and commissioning are bought chemical
products, namely :
- Hydraulic oil - Grease - Loctite
- Touching-up paint - Isopropanol - Drying agents
These must be kept in their original packing and the tops replaced after use.
Some packing produc ts require careful handling as they may contain preservatives.
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
As a general rule, chemical products must be used and stored away from any source of heat.
Smoking is to be avoided.
Avoid contact with the skin and any splashes to the eyes.
Take the basic health and safety precautions.
Products and packing must be destroyed in accordanc e with local environmental regulations.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
Other products: SF6 (see relevant sheet)
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 22/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
PS 0005EN 03 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 2
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O
N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G
&
R E C Y C L I N G
Drying Agents X X X X X
Hydraulic Oil X X X X X X X
Consumables (Grease & Paint) (Isopropanol) X X X X X
Loctite X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 23/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0006EN 03 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
SAFETY SHEET
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
Our equipment is subjected to high and low tension loads that could expose the personnel to the
risk of electrocution.
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
The operating company is responsible for ensuring compliance with the safety instructions
governing high tension.
The basic regulations in respec t of low tension installations must also be complied with.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
All work on high-tension networks and low-tension installations must be performed by qualified
operators wearing personal protec tive clothing and using the appropriate tools and equipment.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 24/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
PS 0006EN 03 1996-04-04 2011-03-21 2 / 2
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O
N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G
&
R E C Y C L I N G
1 High Tension.
1.1 Comply with the regulations governing the work
station.X X X X X
1.2 In the case of items equipped with capac itors,
make sure they are discharged prior to removal
and short-circuited while work is being carried out.
X X
2 Low Tension.
2.1 Prior to any work on the low-tension c ircuit or
equipment, cut off the power supply.X X X X X
2.2 When replacing an electrical component on the
control equipment, follow the safety instructions
shown in the "Machinery" safety sheet.
X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 25/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0007EN 04 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
SAFETY SHEET
M A C H I N E R Y
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
Our equipment contains moving parts (linkage, levers, etc.), reserve power (springs, accumulators,
etc.) and pressurized sheathing ; the associated hazards are dealt with in safety sheet "Pressurized
Equipment" PS 0003/A.
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
Follow the relevant ALSTOM operating and maintenance instructions.
Prior to any work on the control equipment and the motion transfer mechanism, disable the springs
on mechanically operated units and bring pressure back to zero for hydraulically operated units.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
As a general rule, work on the control equipment and transmissions must be performed by qualified
operators wearing personal protec tive clothing and using the appropriate tools and equipment.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 26/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
PS 0007EN 04 1996-04-04 2011-03-21 2 / 2
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O
N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G
&
R E C Y C L I N G
1 Moving Parts.
1.1 Before any work is carried out on transmission
components, ensure that the control equipmenthas been deactivated.
X X X X X
2
Spring-operated Mechanism.
2.1 Before any work is carried out, cut off all power to
the reset motor.X X X X X
2.2 Deactivate the opening and closing springs inaccordance with ALSTOM instructions.
X X X X X
2.3 Make sure that all safety rules are complied with
while the work is being carried out.X X X X X
3 Hydraulic Mechanism.
3.1 Before any work is carried out, cut off power to
the motor pump.X X X X X
3.2 Reduce the pressure of the hydraulic c ircuit to
zero.X X X X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 27/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0008EN 04 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
SAFETY SHEET
OPERATION
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
If the unit shows any sign of an unwanted condition, it must be examined by the user.
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
The operators concerned must be suitably qualified and must comply with the normal operating
and maintenance instructions issued by ALSTOM.
Depending on the severity of the fault observed, the necessary corrective measures must be taken,
e.g :
- replenish the SF6 gas in the event of a leak,
- isolate the system in the event of a major malfunction.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 28/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
PS 0008EN 04 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 2
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O
N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G
&
R E C Y C L I N G
Opening malfunction :
- to do with the sequencing chain,
- following a mechanical fault.
X X
Cut-off failure. X
External dielectric flash-over. X
SF6 pressure drop due to either :
- major leak (switch to 2nd threshold),
- no 1st threshold alarm complement.
X X
Loss of motor power :
- oil, compressed air, component failure.
X X
Activation of safety device, if fitted. X
Use only the appropriate products
recommended by ALSTOM.X X X X
C O M P L Y W I T H T H E S P E C I F I C I N S T R U C T I O N P R O V I D E D I N T H E F O L L O W I N G C A S E S :
Abnormal noise. X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 29/274
GRIDHigh Voltage Switchgear
PS 0009EN 04 G. BERNARD 1998-08-12 J . VIAT 2011-03-21 1 / 2
Sheet N° Revision Written by Date Signature Approved by Date Signature Page
SAFETY SHEET
MAINTENANCE
CAUSE OR ORIGIN OF HAZARD.
• To ensure safe and unimpaired operation of the equipment, regular maintenance is essential.
Neglected maintenance can create hazards.
• Maintenance operations involve hazards that must be guarded against.
WORK REQUIREMENTS.
• Comply with the maintenance programme and service intervals shown in the ALSTOM manua ls.
• In addition, every maintenance operation must comply with the following requirements :
- it must be carried out by suitably qualified personnel,
- both the work involved and the assoc iated hazards must be clearly identified beforehand,
- the tools and equipment used (standard or specific to ALSTOM) must be appropriate and inproper working order,
- any replacement parts must be ALSTOM parts.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
OBSERVE ALL GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING INSTALLATION, COMMISSIONING AND
OPERATION IN ACCORDANC E WITH CURRENTLY ACCEPTED PRACTICES AS WELL AS THOSE LAID
DOWN IN THE DOCUMENTATION SUPPLIED WITH THE EQUIPMENT.
• Refer to the relevant SAFETY sheets.
• The safety instructions below are general and not exhaustive. They should therefore be
modified and/or supplemented for all specific maintenance operations to be carried out.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 30/274
GRID
High Voltage Switchgear
PS 0009EN 04 1996-03-18 2011-03-21 2 / 2
Sheet N° Revision 1st issue Revision date Page
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
P A C K I N G
T R A N S P O R T
I N S T A L L A T I O
N
S T A R T - U P
O P E R A T I O N
M A I N T E N A N C E
S C R A P P I N G
&
R E C Y C L I N G
Identify the equipment to be worked on and ensure itis switched off.
X X X
Obtain as much information as possible from the user
regarding the condition of the unit.X X X
Check that the unit is earthed both upstream and
downstream.X X X
Demarcate the work area. X X X
Ensure that the operator is equipped with the personal
protective clothes and equipment required (safety
glasses, gloves, safety boots, harness, etc.).X X X
Ensure that the equipment used is compliant and in
good condition (scaffolding, slings, suspended
platforms, electrical equipment, tools, etc.).
X X X
Ensure that the safety instructions in respec t of each
particular hazard are complied with.X X X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 31/274
Technical data
Technical characteristics
G10--100EN041/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
FKG1 technical characteristics
Performances See C.B performances on customer drawing “Text to be engraved” :
SF6 gas The table below gives the SF6 gas characteristics :
FKG1
Minimum admissible temperature :up to
--25°C(--13°F)
--22°C(--7.6°F)
SF6 gas density
pre 57.04 kg/m3 64.65 kg/m3
pae 48.86 kg/m3 55,44 kg/m3
pme 46,68 kg/m3 53.19 kg/m3
i.e. effective pressureat 20°C(68°F)and 101.3 kPa
preFilling rated pressure forthe insulation
+ 0,01-- 0
0,75 MPa(108,8 p.s.i.)
0,85 MPa(123,3 p.s.i.)
pae Alarm pressure for theinsulation
+ 0,02-- 0
0.64 MPa( pme+0,03 MPa)
(92.8 p.s.i.)
0,73 MPa( pme+0,03 MPa)
(105.9. p.s.i.)
pmeMinimal pressure for theinsulation
+ 0,02-- 0
0,61 MPa(88.5 p.s.i.)
0,7 MPa(101.6 p.s.i.)
SF6 mass for one three--pole cir-cuit --breaker
1N=33 kg1F=39 kg
1X--1XP=58 kg1XV--1XW=58kg
1N=37 kg1F=44 kg
1X--1XP=66 kg1XV--1XW=66kg
The above characteristics are of a general nature, only those values given onthe circuit--breaker’s rating plates are contractually binding.
Operating device The table below gives low voltage components characteristics of the operat-ing device :
Auxiliary voltages (usual) :
U a Opening and closing circuits 48--110--125--220--250 V (dc)
Heating (and lighting) circuits 240 V (ac) / 415 V (ac) / 127 V (ac)Motor 110--220 (cc) or 240 V (ac)
Consumption :
Closing and opening coils 440/340 W3.3A x 125 dc = 400W
Permanent heating 300 W + 45 W fixed
Thermostat heating(if temperature ≤+5°C) (≤+23°F)
300 W / cubicle
Motor 1800 W (dc)or 2700 VA (ac)
The above characteristics are of a general nature, only those values given on
the circuit--breaker’s rating plates are contractually binding.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 32/274
Technical data
Technical characteristics
G10--100EN042/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 33/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN101/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
FKG1N / F / X Circuit breaker with FK3--12 spring--powered controls
Description The equipment comprises three poles with sheathing actuated by a three---
pole spring--powered control.For the precise composition of the cell, see client sketch.
Illustration
FKG1F/X
FKG1N
D
E
C
D
F
B
A
Non contractual picture refer to the customer general arrangement
Components The following table lists the principle components of the circuit breaker:
Mark Component Page
A Circuit--breaker pole 3--4
B Chassis 5
CCDE
CB assy. -- Control SectionCB positional indicator statusDisconnector position indicator statusLow voltage cabinet
6781
F Pole sheath 9
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 34/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN102/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
FKG1XP / XV / XW Circuit breaker with FK3 --12 spring --powered controls
Description The equipment comprises three poles with sheathing actuated by a three---
pole spring--powered control.For the precise composition of the cell, see client sketch.
Illustration
FKG1XV
FKG1XP
Non contractual picture refer to the customer general arrangement
DF
BD
E
C A
FKG1XW
FKG1XW
”Extented”
Components The following table lists the principle components of the circuit breaker:
Mark Component Page
A Circuit--breaker pole 4
B Chassis 5
CCDE
CB assy. -- Control SectionCB positional indicator statusDisconnector position indicator statusLow voltage cabinet
6782
F Pole sheath 10
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 35/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN103/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Circuit breaker pole FKG1N / F
Illustration
8
6
A
1 5
7
2
B
9
Components The following table lists the principle components of the circuit breakerpole:
Mark Component
A ‘Active’ CB section
B Busbar disconnection sectionSee ‘Electrical components complementary to the circuit Breaker’module
1 Interrupting chamber
2 Moving parts
5 Fixed parts
6 Current outlet sockets
7 Rupture disk
8 Heat dissipater fitted to the FKG1F CB pole
9 SF6 gas connection
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 36/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN104/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Circuit breaker pole FKG1X / XP / XV / XW
Illustration
6
97 2 1 5
8
B
A
Components The following table lists the principle components of the circuit breakerpole:
Mark Component
A ‘Active’ CB section
B Busbar disconnection sectionSee ‘Electrical components complementary to the circuit Breaker’module
1 Interrupting chamber
2 Moving parts
5 Fixed parts
6 Current outlet sockets
7 Rupture disk
8 Heat dissipater fitted to the FKG1 X / XP/ XV / XW CB pole
9 SF6 gas connection
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 37/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN105/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Chassis
Illustration
11 10
9
10a
version with MALT 160kA
1230
Components The following table lists the principle components of the chassis:
Mark Component Function
9 Support beams – fitted with
feet
Supports the pole sheathes
10--10a Supplementary support Supports the pole sheathes
11 Strengthening crossmember
Supports the pole sheathes
12 Control mounting chassis Supports the various operating con-trols
30 SF6 pipe work and fillingunit
Provides a three--poleSF6 connection
NOTE : * Distance between phases :<1500 = supports beam fitted with 2 feets> 1500 = supports beam fitted with 3 feets
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 38/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN106/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Circuit breaker assembly control section
Illustration
15
14
26
27
1513 11
26
Components The following table lists the principle components of the operating mecha-nisms:
Mark Component Function
11 CB Operating Mechanism Provides control of the CB13 Inspection port Used to visually inspect the position
of the optical CB positional indicator(See Para.: ‘CB position indicatorstatus’)
14 Inspection port Used to visually inspect the posi-tion(s) of the various earthing switchcontrols.(See Para. ‘Disconnector Switchposition indicator status’)
15 Operating mechanisms forthe various disconnector
switches
Provides control of the busbar earth-ing switch, the startup switch and the
earthing switch(es).26 Low Voltage (LV) Cabinet Houses the low voltage functions for
the whole CB.
27 Synoptic diagram Used to give a visual indication of theoverall status of the CB.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 39/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN107/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Circuit breaker position indicator status
Status “A”
Circuit breakerOpen
Closing springArmed
ANSI OPEN
IEC
Status “B”
Circuit breakerClosed
Closing springDisarmed
ANSI CLOSED
IEC
Status “C”
Closing springArmed
ANSI CLOSED
Circuit breakerClosed
IEC
Status “D”
Closing springDisarmed
ANSI OPEN
Circuit breakerOpen
IEC
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 40/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN108/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Disconnector switch(es) position indicator status
Status “A” Switch
Open
or
OPENANSIIEC
Status “B”
or
SwitchClosed
CLOSEDANSIIEC
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 41/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN109/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Pole sheath FKG1N / F / X
Illustration
22
16
20
19
18
21
25
24
23
18
FKG1F/X
FKG1F/XFKG1N
17
Components The following table lists the principle components of the pole sheath:
Mark Component Function
16 Metallic casing Encloses the pole
17 Inspection port Used to visually inspect the status of the busbar disconnector switch
18 Removable cover(s) Can be removed in one (1N) or two(1F/X) section(s)
19 Leaktight connector Ensures the sheath is leaktight
20 Cable passage Used for the power supply to the star-tup switch
21 Startup switch supply unit Protects the supply to the startupswitch
22 Cover sealing gasket Ensures the sheath is leaktight
23 Cover lifting handles Used when handling the cover
24 Inspection ports Used to visually inspect the positionsof the earthing and startup switches
25 Sun shield Used to limit equipment overheating
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 42/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN1010/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Pole sheath FKG1XP / XV / XW
Illustration
21
FKG1XP / XV
FKG1XW
FKG1XW
”Extented”
23
18
22 17
16
20
19
24
18
Components The following table lists the principle components of the pole sheath:
Mark Component Function
16 Metallic casing Encloses the pole
17 Inspection port Used to visually inspect the status of the busbar disconnector switch andthe earthing switch(es).
18 Removable cover(s) Can be removed in three sections19 Leaktight connector Ensures the sheath is leaktight
20 Cable passage Used for the power supply to the cir-cuit breaker
21 Startup switch supply unit Protects the supply to the startupswitch
22 Cover sealing gasket Ensures the sheath is leaktight
23 Cover lifting handles Used when handling the cover
24 Inspection ports Used to visually inspect the positionsof the earthing and startup switches
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 43/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN1011/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Additional circuit breaker electrical equipment
Components The additional electrical equipment varies in accordance with the configu-
ration of the customer’s requirements, and may comprise :
D Busbar disconnector switch,
D Earthing switch,
D Start--up switch,
D Current transformer,
D Voltage transformer,
D Capacitor,
D Surge arrestor.
Description ofelements
See ‘Electrical components complementary to the circuit Breaker’ module.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 44/274
Description and operation
General Description of the Circuit breaker
G12--001EN1012/12
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 45/274
Description and operation
Electrical components complementary
to the circuit breaker
G12--053EN021/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Composition of additional circuit breaker electrical equipment
Component
Location
The additional electrical equipment varies in accordance with the configur-
ation of the customer’s requirements, and may comprise :
D Busbar disconnector switch (A).
D Earthing switch (B) (B1 =160kA).
D Startup switch (C).
D Current Transformer (D).
D Voltage transformer (E).
D Capacitor (F).
D Surge Arrester (G).
Illustration
E
C
B
B
A
D
B1
D
E
F G
G
F
Table ofthe components
The following table lists the principle components of the additional electricalequipment:
Marked Component Page
A Busbar disconnector switch. 2
B Earthing switch(es) (MALT). 3
B1 Earthing switch(es) 160 kA (MALT). 3
C Startup switch (IKG). 4
D--E---
F--G
Current Transformer; Voltage Transformer; Capacitor;
Surge Arrestor.
5
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 46/274
Description and operation
Electrical components complementary
to the circuit breaker
G12--053EN022/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Busbar disconnector switch
Illustration
3
42
36
37
5
35
38
4
Table ofthe components
The following table lists the principle components of the busbar disconnec-tor switch :
Mark Component Function
3 CB -- moving part
4 Disconnector – Fixed part --
5 Operating shaft Transmits movement.
35 Operating lever Actuated by the rod linkage (42) ittransmits movement to the shaft (5).
36 Disconnector moving partcasing
--
37 Insulator mounting --
38 Mobile contact Allows current to pass between thefixed part (4) and the moving part (36)of the disconnector switch casing.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 47/274
Description and operation
Electrical components complementary
to the circuit breaker
G12--053EN023/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Earthing switch(es) (MALT)
Illustration
45
27
44
36
45
3
43
27
44
27
44
43
43
Earthing switch 160 kA.
Table ofthe components
The following table lists the principle components of the earthing switch :
Mark Component Function
3 Casing – CB fixed part --
36 Casing – Disconnectormoving part
--
27 Articulated arm Pivots and engages with the fixedcontact.
43 Three--pole linkage rod Provides a linkage from the operatingmechanism.
44 Fixed contact Connects with the live section of thearticulated arm to enable the currentto flow.
45 Cable braid Provides a connection for the sheath.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 48/274
Description and operation
Electrical components complementary
to the circuit breaker
G12--053EN024/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Startup Switch (IKG)
Illustration
27
32
33
45
3
44
Table ofthe components
The following table lists the principle components of the startup switch :
Mark Component Function
3 Casing – CB fixed part --
27 Articulated arm Swings and connects to the fixed con-tact.
32 Busbar output Groups the ’Customer’ cable mount-ings.
33 Cable box Protects the ‘Customer’ connectorcables.
44 Fixed contact Connects with the live section of thearticulated arm to enable the currentto flow.
45 Cable braid Provides a connection to the ‘cus-tomer’ cables.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 49/274
Description and operation
Electrical components complementary
to the circuit breaker
G12--053EN025/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Current transformer; Voltage transformer; Capacitor;Surge arrestor – with or without fuse
Illustration
50
48 (400nf)
34
4646 34 33
5048
33
(800nf)
Table ofthe components
The following table lists the additional circuit breaker components :
Mark Component
33 Current transformer
34 Voltage transformer
46 Voltage transformer fuse
48 Capacitor 800nf or 400nf
50 Surge arrestor
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 50/274
Description and operation
Electrical components complementary
to the circuit breaker
G12--053EN026/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 51/274
Description and operation
Description of circuit breaker pole
G12--109EN031/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Active parts
Description The active section of the circuit breaker comprises:
-- The mechanism casing (A) -- on the side of the moving part,
-- The interrupter chamber (C) – in a composite envelope (1),
-- The casing (B) -- on the side of the fixed section.
Diagram
1 23
C
A B
Circuit--breakerOpen
Description The composite envelope (1) enclosing the interrupter chamber separates thetwo casings, providing insulation between the incoming andoutgoing sectionsof the circuit breaker.The current sockets (2 & 3) situated in the extensions to thecasings, are usedto provide connections to the busbars.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 52/274
Description and operation
Description of circuit breaker pole
G12--109EN032/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Mechanism casing, moving part section
Diagram
410
5
8
7
A
9
6
11
Circuit--breakerClosed
Table ofthe components
The following table lists the components both within and around the casing:
Mark Component Function
4 Insulated mounting Provides CB phase/earth insulation
5 3--pole operating shaft Transmits movement between the operat-ing mechanism and the poles
6 Operating lever Transmitsthemovement to the interrupterchamber’s mobile contact (11)
11 Moving contact Used to let the rated current flow.
7 Breaking disk Safety system – guards against overpres-sure in the chamber
8 SF6 liaison Used to connect the SF6 to the poles.
9 Molecular sieve Agent used to absorb the gaseous break-down of SF6.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 53/274
Description and operation
Description of circuit breaker pole
G12--109EN033/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Interrupting chamber
Extinguishing
Environment
The arc extinguishing environment is low--pressure SF6
gas.
Interrupting principle Installed horizontally, the assembly is of a thermal, auto--charging pneumatic,
double arc--blowing design
Diagram
A 10 11
12
14 2023
24
B
21
22
15
16
17
13
18
Table ofthe components
The following table lists the components both within and around the inter-rupter chamber:
Mark Component Information
10 Moving contactmounting
supported by the mechanism casing (A).
11 Moving contact fitted with a contact tube (12).
13 Blowing device fitted with a nozzle (14),arc contacts (17),a front arc valve guide (15),
a rear arc guide (16),a piston (18).
20 Fixed contactmounting
supported by the casing (B).
21 Permanent contact fitted with a contact tulip (22).
23 Fixed contact and its contact shaft (24).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 54/274
Description and operation
Description of circuit breaker pole
G12--109EN034/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 55/274
Description and operation
Pole operation of circuit--breaker
(Interrupting principle)
G13--001EN021/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
IntroductionIn its ‘CLOSED’ position, the current from a generator passes through :
-- The current sockets (2),
-- The casing (B),
-- The permanent contact (21),
-- The moving contact tube (12),
-- The moving contact mounting (10),
-- The casing (A),
-- The current sockets (3).
2211210 BA3
Circuit--breakerClosed
In this module This module deals with the operational phases of the pole :
Stage Page
Schematic diagram 2
Opening 3
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 56/274
Description and operation
Pole operation of circuit--breaker
(Interrupting principle)
G13--001EN022/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Schematic diagram
Opening On receiving a manual or electrical open order, the energy accumulated in the
operating mechanism’s opening spring (32) is freed.
The control lever (30), activated by the opening spring (32), transmits themovement to the lower pole lever (34) via the rod linkage (31), in turn movingthe moving contact (11), thus separating the contacts.
Representation of“OPEN” state
30
31
34
32
11
Closing On receiving a manual or electrical closure order, the energy accumulated inthe operating mechanism’s closing spring (33) is freed.This operates the moving contact (11) and closes the Interrupter Chamber.
11
Representation of‘CLOSED’ state
33
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 57/274
Description and operation
Pole operation of circuit--breaker
(Interrupting principle)
G13--001EN023/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Opening
Stage 1 :
Start of opening
When tube (12) in the moving contact (11) separates from the permanent con-
tact (21), the current is routed via the arc contacts (17).
2112 1711
Stage 2 :Thermal effect
When the contacts (17) separate, an arc appears, and the energy from thisarc causes a rise in the pressure in the thermal expansion chamber (Vt),which is enclosed by the stem (24) of the fixed contact (23) and the isolating
nozzle (14).
Vt
2317 2414
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 58/274
Description and operation
Pole operation of circuit--breaker
(Interrupting principle)
G13--001EN024/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Opening, continued
Stage 3 :
Breaking
When the stem (24) of the fixed contact (23) is extracted from the nozzle (14),
the thermal overpressure in the chamber (Vt) is released, which causes a jetof gas, just before the current reaches zero, which ensures the arc is com-pletely extinguished.
Simultaneously, the increase in pressure in the vicinity of the arc spreadsacross to the piston (18) exerting a force on the mobile fittings and thus reduc-ing the loading imposed on the circuit breaker’s operating mechanisms.
232414
Vt
18
Stage 4 :Complete opening
The arc is extinguished.Themolecules of SF6 gas, torn apart by the arc, are instantaneously reconsti-tuted. The residual gas from the breaking is absorbed by the molecular sieve(9); a few particles are deposited as a coating of dust, which has no effect onthe circuit breaker itself.
Circuit--breakerOpen
9
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 59/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN021/15
Function description
FK3-12 spring operating mechanismsfor circuit-breakers
Administrator First issue Written by Released by
SEH 08.06.2004 E.Suter, TMA-SEH /sf E. Suter, TMA-SEH
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 60/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN022/15
FK 3-12 sring operating mechanisms for circui t breakers
Contents Page
Introduction 3
Functional units 3
Operating states 6
Charging the closing spring 8
Closing operation 10
Recharging the closing spring 12
Operating operation 14
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 61/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN023/15
70.26
70.24
70.42
70.31
70.44
70.43
71.09
71.35
Introduction
The FK 3-12 third-generation spring operating mechanisms have been de-signed as an integrated series. All mechanisms have the same functional units
and operate on the same principle. Dimensions and certain execution featuresare dictated by the maximum closing energy for each model.
Fonctional units
70.23 70.21 70.2070.25 70.22
Schématic digram
70.01 70.53 71.32 70.06 70.1079.04 70.05 70.07 70.08
70.01 Motor 70.20 Trip spring70.05 Closing latch 70.21 Auxiliary switch70.06 Closing magnet 70.22 Motor limit switch actuating cam70.07 Manual CLOSE release 70.23 Motor limit switch lever70.08 CLOSE push-button 70.24 Motor limit switch70.09 Closing shaft 70.25 Closing spring70.10 Cam disc 70.26 Closing chain70.11 Roller lever 70.31 Spring position indicator70.12 Main shaft 70.52 Cicuit breaker position indicator70.13 Manual TRIP release 70.53 Hand crank70.14 TRIP push-button 71.32 Pair of winding lever with return stop70.15 Trip magnet 71.35 Cam disc for eccentric gear70.16 Trip latch 71.42 Chain wheel70.17 Trip dashpot 71.43 Crank lever70.18 Operating lever 71.44 Support pin70.19 Trip chain 79.04 Gearing
70.19
70.52
70.18
70.12
70.17
70.15
70.14
70.16
70.13
70.11
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 62/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN024/15
Energy store • Closing spring 70.25 stores energy to close the circuit breaker and tocharge trip spring 70.20. Surplus energy ensures that the circuit breakercan be safely closed in all situations.
• Trip spring 70.20 furnishes the energy necessary to trip the circuit
breaker. The trip spring may be in the operating mechanism or in thecircuit breaker, depending on the circuit breaker design.
Energy storeCharging mechanism
• Motor 70.01 and gearing 79.04 serve to charge closing spring 70.25
Closing unit • On closing, the energy of closing spring 70.25 is transmitted to camdisk 70.10 via closing chain 70.26, crank lever 71.43 and closing shaft70.09. The cam disc drives main shaft 70.12 via roller lever 70.11. Thecircuit breaker is closed and trip spring 70.20 charged via drive lever70.18 and the linkage
• Cam disc 70.10 controls the travel/time characteristic of the main con-tact during closing.
Tripping unit • If trip spring 70.20 is mounted in the operating mechanism, its energy istransmitted to the circuit breaker via trip chain 70.19, main shaft 70.12and drive lever 70.18.
• The motion is retarde by trip dashpot 70.17 at the end of the trippingprocess.
Latches • When closing spring 70.25 is charged, closing latch 70.05 supports itthrough crank lever 71.43 and support pin 71.44.
• When trip spring 70.20 is charged, trip latch 70.16 supports it by thelever arm of roller lever 70.11 and main shaft 70.12.
Release device • Closing magnet 70.06 releases closing latch 70.05.
• Trip magnet 70.15 releases trip latch 70.16.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 63/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN025/15
Auxi liaire switch • Auxiliary switch 70.21 Coupled to main shaft 70.12 serves as a refer-ence for the main contact for control, signaling and interlock functions
• When the circuit breaker is closed, one contact of auxiliary switch 70.21interrupts the closing coil circuit and thus prevents further electrical ex-citation.
• When the circuit breaker is in the tripped position, one contact of auxil-iary switch 70.21 breaks the operating release coil circuit and thus pre-vents further electrical excitation.
Motor limit switch • Motor limit switch 70.24 closes and interrupts the motor circuit. It alsoperforms interlock functions.
• While closing spring 70.25 is being charged, one contact of motor limitswitch 70.24 interupts the closing coil circuit and thus preventspremature electrical closing operation.
Mechanical clos inginterlock
• When the circuit breaker is closed, a lever coupled to main shaft 70.12disables closing latch 70.05 and prevents any further release of theclosing system.
Indicators • Circuit breaker position indicator 70.52 displays the position of the maincontact (I or O).
• Spring position indicator 70.31 displays the state (charged or dis-charged) of closing spring 70.25.
Auxi liairy devices
and tools
• Mechanical manual releases 70.07, 70.13 permit switching operations
during field service.• Hand crank 70.53 permits manual charging of closing spring 70.25.
Accessories • Cabinet to protect against weather and contact.
• Heater to prevent condensation.
• Mechanical operating counter
• Mechanical device to delay opening time (option)
• Undervoltage release (option)
• Interior lighting (option)
• Other electrical equipment as specified by customer (option).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 64/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN026/15
Operating states
Note • The two illustrations below show the possible operating states andsequences of an oper ating mechanism. These are characterisedmains by the position of the circuit breaker to which the mechanism isattached, and by the position of the closing spring. The position of thespring is always linked to the position of the circuit breaker. Thepositions of the auxiliary switch and motor limit switch are importantsecondary characteristics.
• An operating mechanism remains in a steady operating state until itsposition is changed by an external control command. It can then passthrough well-defined transient (unsteady) operating states.
Operating states and
sequences
Operating state 3
Steady operating state
Transient operating state
Closing spring charged
Closing spring discharged
Circuit breaker open (trip springdischarged
Circuit breaker closed (tripspring charged)
Closing spring is charged auto-matically
Circuit breaker is closed
Circuit breaker is tripped
CHARGING
CHARGING
CHARGING
CHARGING
and
State of delivery
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 65/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN027/15
Operating states andInterlock functions
Operating state 2: steady Operating state 1: TransientMotor Closing Opening Motor Closing Opening
Operating state 4: steady Operating state 3: Transient
Motor Closing Opening
M
S1
S2 S2
S1
Y1 Y2
Motor Closing Opening
Circuit breakerClosed / open
Mechanical closing interlock : closing op-eration disabled
Mechanical closing interlock : closing op-eration enabled
Closing spring discharged S1 Auxiliary switch
Closing spring charged S2 Motor limit switch
Y1 Closing coil
Y2 Opening release coil
Note • The following functions will now be described : charging the energystore, closing, recharging and opening. The operating mechanism andthe circuit breaker pass through the operating states in the order
1→2→3→4→2
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 66/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN028/15
70.26
70.24
70.42
70.31
71.44
71.29
71.43
71.35
Charging the closing spring
70.25 70.23 70.22
70.01 79.04 71.32 70.05
70.01 Motor 70.29 Kurbelzapfen70.05 Closing latch 70.31 Spring position indicator70.22 Motor limit 71.32 Pair of winding levr with return stop
Switch actuating cam 71.35 Cam disc for eccentric gear7023 Motor limit switch lever 71.42 Chain wheel70.24 Motor limit switch 71.43 Crank lever70.25 Closing spring 71.44 Support pin70.26 Closing chain 79.04 Gearing
• The circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 1(no motor voltage present) on delivery and during installation and ser-
vicing.
Operating state 1: Transient
Motor Closing Opening
A
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 67/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN029/15
• Motor 70.01 starts as soon as the control voltage is imposed. It chargesclosing spring 70.25 via gearing 79.04, chain wheel 71.42, crank lever71.43 and closing chain 70.26. This process comes to an end whencrank journal 70.29 with attached closing chain 70.26 has passed top
dead point A and support pin 71.44 of crank lever 71.43 rests againstclosing latch 70.05.
• At the end of the charging process, the pair of winding levers 71.32 islifted though the (not shown) disconnecting device. Gearing 79.04 andmotor 70.01, which is shut off via motor limit switch actuating cam 70.22and motor limit switch 70.24 can now run down freely without imposingany load on closing latch 70.05.
• Motor limit switch 70.24 has now moved so as to make the closing cir-cuit, and spring position indicator 70.31 has moved to the «closingspring charged» position.
• If motor voltage drops out during the charging process, the return-stopof the pair of winding levers 71.32 keeps chain wheel 71.42 from turning
blackward and thus prevents the unwinding of closing spring 70.25.
• Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 2
Operating state 2: steady
Motor Closing Opening
• The circuit breaker is ready for closing.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 68/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0210/15
Closing operation
70.25 70.22 70.21 70.20
79.04 71.32 70.05 70.07 70.06 70.10 70.11
70.05 Closing latch 70.21 Auxiliary switch70.06 Closing magnet 70.22 Motor limit switch actuating cam70.07 Manual CLOSE release 70.24 Motor limit switch
70.09 Closing shaft 70.25 Closing spring70.10 Cam disc 70.26 Closing chain70.11 Roller lever 70.29 Crank journal70.12 Main shaft 70.31 Spring position indicator70.16 Trip latch 70.52 Cicuit breaker position indicator70.18 Operating lever 71.32 Pair of winding lever with return-stop70.19 Trip chain 71.43 Crank lever70.20 Trip spring 79.04 Gearing
• Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 2.
Operating state 2: steady
Motor Closing Opening
• Closing latch 70.05 is released by the electrical command to closingmagnet 70.06 or by actuation of mechanical manual release 70.07.
• Closing shaft 70.09 is accelerated by the effect of closing spring 70.25,
which is attached to crank lever 71.43.
70.19
70.52
70.18
70.12
70.16
70.26
70.24
70.31
70.09
71.43
70.29
B
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 69/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0211/15
• Cam disc 70.10 turns roller lever 70.11, which follows it, in the CLOSEdirection. The circuit breaker is closed via main shaft 70.12, operatinglever 70.18 and an attached linkage. At the end of the closing move-ment, after a 60° rotation, specially designed cam disc 70.10 brings
main shaft 70.12 to a safe, low-impact stop against trip latch 70.16 viaa lever arm of roller lever 70.11. At the same time, cam disc 70.10 hasmoved away from roller lever 70.11 and the circuit breaker can be trip-ped.
• In the course of the closing movement, trip spring 70.20 is charged viatrip chain 70.19.
• The return-stop of pair of winding lever 71.32 keeps the fast gearingstages from tracking the motion during the closing operation.
• After closing shaft 70.09 has turned through approx. 180°, crank journal70.29 passes through bottom dead point B. The Kinetic energy stillpossessed by crank wheel 70.30 is returned to closing spring 70.25(recovered) via chain 70.26. By virtue of this principle, the closingmovement is brought to a gentle, impact-free stop.
• Control, indicating and interlock functions at the end of the closingmovement:
− Auxiliary switch 70.21, which is coupled to main shaft 70.12 hasmade the opening release coil circuit and broken the closing circuit.The circuit breaker can be tripped electrically, and further actuationof the closing coil is prevented.
− A lever (not shown) controlled by main shaft 70.12 has disabledclosing latch 70.05, thus mechanically preventing any further releaseof the closing system.
− Circuit breaker position indicator 70.52 has turned to the CLOSEDposition with main shaft 70.12.
− Motor limit switch 70.24 actuated via motor limit switch actuatingcam 70.22, has made the motor circuit.
− The closing coil circuit has been broken by one contact of motor limitswitch 70.24. Any further electrical actuation of the closing coil isthus prevented
• Spring position indicator 70.31 has simultaneously moved to «closingspring discharged».
• Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 3.
Operating state 3: Transient
Motor Closing Opening
• The circuit breaker is ready for tripping.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 70/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0212/15
Recharging de closing spring
70.25 70.22
70.22 Motor limit switch actuating cam70.24 Motor limit switch70.25 Closing spring
• Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 3
Operating state 3 : Transient
Motor Closing Opening
70.24
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 71/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0213/15
• When motor limit switch 70.24 is actuated by motor limit switch actuat-ing cam 70.22 at the end of the closing movement, the motor circuit ismade and closing spring 70.25 is automatically recharged.
• If no breaking operation has taken place during the charging process,
the circuit breaker is in steady operating state 4 at the end of the charg-ing process. This is the normal operating state of all circuit breakers inthe electric power grid.
• Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 4.
Operating state 4: steady
Motor Closing Opening
M
S1
S2 S2
S1
Y1 Y2
• The circuit breaker is ready for the operating sequence O-CO.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 72/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0214/15
Opening operation
70.21 70.20
70.05
70.05 Closing lacht 70.17 Trip dashpot70.12 Main shaft 70.20 Closing spring70.13 MANUAL TRIP release 70.21 Auxiliary switch70.15 Trip magnet 70.52 Circuit breaker position indicator70.16 Trip latch
• Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 4
Operating state 4 : steady
Motor Closing Opening
M
S1
S2 S2
S1
Y1 Y2
70.52
70.12
70.17
70.15
70.16
70.13
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 73/274
Function descriptionFK 3-12 spring operating mechanismsFor circuit breakers
06.04.2011 48-020-212EN0215/15
• Trip latch 70.16 is released by the electrical command to trip magnet70.15 or by actuation of mechanical manual release 70.13. Main shaft70.12 and the circuit breaker, which is coupled to it, are accelerated inthe O direction by charged trip spring 70.20, Trip dashpot 70.17 comes
into action toward the end of the tripping process, slowing the movingmasses of the circuit breaker and operating mechanism to a stop
• Control, indicating and interlock functions at the end of the openingmovement:
− Auxiliary switch 70.21 Which is coupled to main shaft 70.12 has bro-ken the opening release coil circuit and made the closing circuit.Thus any further electrical actuation of the opening release coil isprevented; an electrical closing operation is again possible.
− A lever (not shown) controlled by main shaft 70.12 has again en-abled closing latch 70.05 for a subsequent closing operation. Thecircuit breaker can be closed mechanically.
− Circuit breaker position indicator 70.52 has been turned to the O po-
sition with the main shaft.
• Circuit breaker and operating mechanism are in operating state 2
Operating state 2: steady
Motor Closing Opening
• The circuit breaker is ready for closing.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 74/274
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 75/274
Description and operation
Switch operating mechanism(s)
M14--005EN051/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction CMK --type electrical controls are used for the bus bar, earthing switch and
starting switch mechanisms.
Covering and controlplate
A covering allows to protect the group.Open door, there is an equipped controlplate comprising :
-- interlocking,
-- optical indicator,
-- a hole closed by a shutter controlled by manual commutator allowingalso to operate the mechanism by emergency crank + tip, (excepted forstarting switch for which access is blocked).
Motorisation andservo control sec-tions
The control mechanism :
-- A low--powered AC motor, supplied by an AC source.
-- A reducing gearbox in a sealed, lubricant--filled housing.The top of the output drive shaft from the reducing gearbox is attached to theend--stop controls and a sprocket on the very end which in turn is connectedto the optical indicator via a chain.
-- A block of auxiliary contacts is fittedto each side of the end--of--travel stops.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 76/274
Description and operation
Switch operating mechanism(s)
M14--005EN052/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Operation
Principle Using the various keys in the corresponding order to open the locks will
free the locking plate One the order has been given, the motor will provide adirect drive to the gearbox assembly, which in turn will drive :
D In the upper section, the auxiliary contacts and optical indicator.
D In the lower section, the line--break switch linkage rod operating mechan-ism.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 77/274
Description and operation
Switch operating mechanism(s)
M14--005EN053/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
A breakdown of the Operating Mechanism
9
2
16
15
10
13
12
12
17
9
7--8
4--51
6
314
11
Marked Description
1 Cover
2 Motor
3 Reducing Gearbox
4 Gearbox Output Shaft
5 Sprocket
6 Drive Chain
7 Mechanical end--stop cam
8 Mechanical end--stops9 Indicator contacts
10 Interlock position cam
11 Interlocks
12 Interlock position contacts
13 Manual lock
14 Backup control lever + tip
15 Optical Indicator
16 Connecters
17 Heating
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 78/274
Description and operation
Switch operating mechanism(s)
M14--005EN054/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 79/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN031/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction The circuit--breaker uses pressurized SF6 gas as electric arc quenching gas.
The SF6 gas pressure monitoring is essential to assure the circuit--breakerperformances.
Principle There is two SF6 gas pressure monitoring types :
D Permanent monitoring with the help a threshold densimeter.
D Periodic monitoring (option) with the help a pressure gauge.
Symbols CEI symbols for the apparatus technical characteristics.
Symbol Designation pre Filling rated pressure for the insulation.
pae Alarm pressure for the insulation.
pme Minimal pressure for the insulation.
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Threshold densimeter 2
Pressure gauge (optional) 3Gaz pressure and density 4
Pressure measurement 5
Measuring density 6
Example of the filling pressure calculation 7
Calculation of the filling pressure at site 8
Values of the SF6 gas pressures in accordancewith the temperature
9
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 80/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN032/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Threshold densimeter
Function Permanent SF6 gas density monitoring.
Localization The threshold densimeter (1) is installed onto the control block (2) situated onthe first pole.
1
1
horizontal assembling
vertical assembling
2
2
1
2
FKG1
horizontal assembling
FKG2
FKG2
Working The densimeter is fitted with two internal contacts. These contacts close suc-cessively if the gas’s density diminishes and determine 2 distinct thresholds.These contacts are wired to the terminal block inside the cubicle and are usu-ally left at the user’s disposal for the following use :
D Alarm pressure ” pae” acts as a warning (topping up necessary).
D Minimum fonctional pressure for insulation ” pme” must be used either tolock the circuit--breaker in position or to cause automatic opening. The optionis chosen by the client in keeping with operating requirements.
All the circuit--breaker’s rated performances are guaranteed up to the mini-mum specified ambient temperature andthe minimum fonctional pressure forinsulation ” pme”.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 81/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN033/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Pressure gauge
Function Visual SF6 gas pressure information.
Description The pressure gauge is made up of a dial (3).The tube (4) links the filling block to the circuit--breaker gas volume.
4
3
4
3
DILO STAUBLI
Localization The pressure gauge is fixed onto the filling block, at a visible place for the con-trol.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 82/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN034/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Gas pressure and density
Introduction The electrical characteristics of switchgear depend on the density of SF6 gas
i.e. the mass of gas pumped into a compartment of a given capacity.
Constanttemperature
At constant temperature, an increase of gas density results in a higher gaspressure against the walls of compartment.
Constant density At constant density, with an invariable compartment volume, the pressurechanges in the same way as the temperature. Since the gas density remainsinvariable owing to the fact that no modification occurs in the quantity of gasor the volume of the relevant compartment, the electrical characteristics of theswitchgear will remain unchanged.
Conclusion Since it is difficult to measure the gas density directly, it is essential to knowaccurately its absolute pressure and temperature.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 83/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN035/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Pressure measurement
Effective pressure ?
Absolute pressure ?
Absolute pressure = effective pressure + atmospheric pressure
Pressure Description Diagram
Effective
The pressure of SF6 gas is mea-sured by of a standard pressuregauge witha deformable diaphragmactuating an indicating pointer.One surface of the diaphragm is incontact with the SF6 gas, while theother is in contact with the atmo-sphere. The difference between thegas and the atmosphere is thus
measured, taking atmosphericpressure as a reference. This is themeasurement of the effective pres-sure of the SF6 gas.
SF6
Atmospheric pressure
Standard pressure gauge
Absolute
If the deformable diaphragm, onesurface of which is in contact withthe SF6 gas, blocks a volume wherea vacuum has been developed, thepressure gauge measures the pres-
sure difference between that of theSF6 gas and the vacuum. Since thelatter is zero, the pressure gaugemeasures the absolute pressure of the gas.The absolute pressure of the SF6
gas, independent of atmosphericpressure, reflects the quantity of gas introduced into the compart-ment and hence its density at thepresent temperature.This is measured by means of anabsolute pressure gauge which is
less generally used and more deli-cate than a effective pressuregauge. This is the reason why a ef-fective pressure gauge is used, pro-vision being made for correctionsrequired by atmospheric pressurevariations resulting from atmo-spheric disturbances and differ-ences of elevation.
SF6
Vacuum volume
Absolutepressure gauge
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 84/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN036/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Measuring density
Pressure units D The international unit pressure is the Pascal (Pa), and hectopascal (hPa)used for atmospheric pressure measurements.
D The practical unit is the bar (14.503 p.s.i.)
1 bar = 1 000 hPa = 14.5 psi1 bar = 100 kPa10 bar = 1 MPa
D Standard atmospheric pressure is equal to 1,013 hPa at sea level and anair temperature of 20°C (68°F).
Measuring density When it is not possible to directly measure density, this maybe checked usingan industrial pressure gauge capable of measuring the effective pressure.
An effective pressure value corresponds to the rated density, determined fornormal atmospheric pressure (1,013 hPa) and an ambient temperature of 20°C (68°F).For each pressure reading (filling, inspection of densimeter thresholds...), therated effective pressure should be corrected according to the ambient tem-perature and atmospheric pressure of the site at the time thereading is taken.The real pressure is therefore :
Preal = Prated effective in accordance with temperature + ΔPp *
* ΔPp : correction in accordance with atmospheric pressure.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 85/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN037/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Example of the filling pressure calculation
Example Determination of the circuit--breaker’s filling pressure with SF6 gas.
Parameters Values
preSF6 gas
rated effective pressuredown to --25°C
0,75 MPa
Ambient temperature 5°C
Local atmospheric pressure 93,2 kPa
SF6 gas filling The table below gives the calculation steps of the pure SF6 filling pressure :
Step Action Result
1 Inthe chart “Values of the SF6 gaseffective pressures in accordancewith the temperature”, read the pre
value on the t°C = 5 row.
0,695 MPa
2 Calculate the differenceof the at-mospheric pressure :0,1013 -- 0.0932
0,0081 MPa
3 Calculate the rated effective pres-sure pre :
0,695 + 0.0081
0,7031 MPa
4 Filling is carried out to the calcu-lated pressure, plus 0.01 MPa,that is to say : 0,7031 + 0.01
Pure SF6 gas filling pressure0,7131 MPa
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 86/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN038/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Calculation of the filling pressure at site
Measurement Write down the result measurement into the corresponding box :
Measure the atmospheric pressure in MPa. A ,
Measure the ambient temperature in °C. B
Calculation of thepure SF6 gas fillingpressure
Transfer the values into the corresponding box and write down the result :
With the help of the table “Values of the SF 6 gaseffective pressures in accordance with the temperature”,
determine the value “ pre“ in accordance withthe ambient temperature (B) "
pre
C ,
Value of the reference atmospheric pressure in MPa D 0 , 1 0 1
Transfer the value of the local atmospheric pressure(A) " A -- ,
Calculate the difference of the atmospheric pressure(D -- A) " E ,
Transfer the value (C) "
C+ ,
Calculate the rated effective pressure(E + C) " F ,
The filling with SF6 gas is carried outto the calculated pressure, plus 0.01 MPa, + 0 , 0 1
(F + 0,01) " G ,
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 87/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN039/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Values of the SF6 gas effective pressures in accordance with the temperature
Rated pressure
0.75 MPadown to --25°C
Values of theSF6 gas effective pressures (MPa) corrected in accordance with
temperature for an atmospheric pressure of 101.3 kPa :
t_C pre pae pme t_C pre pae pme
--25 0,584 0,500 0,477 18 0,743 0,634 0,604
--24 0,588 0,503 0,480 19 0,746 0,637 0,607
--23 0,591 0,506 0,483 20 0,75 0,64 0,61
--22 0,595 0,509 0,486 21 0,754 0,643 0,613
--21 0,599 0,512 0,489 22 0,757 0,646 0,616
--20 0,602 0,516 0,492 23 0,761 0,649 0,619
--19 0,606 0,519 0,495 24 0,765 0,652 0,622
--18 0,610 0,522 0,498 25 0,768 0,656 0,625
--17 0,613 0,525 0,501 26 0,772 0,659 0,628
--16 0,617 0,528 0,504 27 0,776 0,662 0,631
--15 0,621 0,531 0,507 28 0,780 0,665 0,634
--14 0,625 0,534 0,509 29 0,783 0,668 0,637
--13 0,628 0,537 0,512 30 0,787 0,671 0,640
--12 0,632 0,540 0,515 31 0,791 0,674 0,643
--11 0,636 0,544 0,518 32 0,794 0,677 0,645
--10 0,639 0,547 0,521 33 0,798 0,680 0,648
--9 0,643 0,550 0,524 34 0,802 0,684 0,651
--8 0,647 0,553 0,527 35 0,805 0,687 0,654
--7 0,650 0,556 0,530 36 0,809 0,690 0,657
--6 0,654 0,559 0,533 37 0,813 0,693 0,660--5 0,658 0,562 0,536 38 0,816 0,696 0,663
--4 0,661 0,565 0,539 39 0,820 0,699 0,666
--3 0,665 0,568 0,542 40 0,824 0,702 0,669
--2 0,669 0,572 0,545 41 0,827 0,705 0,672
--1 0,673 0,575 0,548 42 0,831 0,708 0,675
0 0,676 0,578 0,551 43 0,835 0,712 0,678
1 0,680 0,581 0,554 44 0,839 0,715 0,681
2 0,684 0,584 0,557 45 0,842 0,718 0,684
3 0,687 0,587 0,560 46 0,846 0,721 0,687
4 0,691 0,590 0,563 47 0,850 0,724 0,690
5 0,695 0,593 0,566 48 0,853 0,727 0,693
6 0,698 0,596 0,569 49 0,857 0,730 0,6967 0,702 0,600 0,572 50 0,861 0,733 0,699
8 0,706 0,603 0,575 51 0,864 0,736 0,702
9 0,709 0,606 0,577 52 0,868 0,740 0,705
10 0,713 0,609 0,580 53 0,872 0,743 0,708
11 0,717 0,612 0,583 54 0,875 0,746 0,711
12 0,720 0,615 0,586 55 0,879 0,749 0,713
13 0,724 0,618 0,589 56 0,883 0,752 0,716
14 0,728 0,621 0,592 57 0,887 0,755 0,719
15 0,732 0,624 0,595 58 0,890 0,758 0,722
16 0,735 0,628 0,598 59 0,894 0,761 0,725
17 0,739 0,631 0,601 60 0,898 0,764 0,728
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 88/274
Description and operation
SF6 gas monitoring
M20--002EN0310/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Values of the SF6 gas effective pressures in accordance with the temperature
Rated pressure0.85 MPa
down to --25°C
Values of theSF6 gas effective pressures (MPa) corrected in accordance withtemperature for an atmospheric pressure of 101.3 kPa :
t_C pre pae pme t_C pre pae pme
--25 0,685 0,575 0,571 18 0,844 0,707 0,695
--24 0,689 0,578 0,573 19 0,848 0,710 0,698
--23 0,693 0,582 0,576 20 0,851 0,713 0,701
--22 0,696 0,585 0,579 21 0,855 0,716 0,704
--21 0,700 0,588 0,582 22 0,859 0,720 0,707
--20 0,704 0,591 0,585 23 0,862 0,723 0,710
--19 0,707 0,594 0,588 24 0,866 0,727 0,713
--18 0,711 0,597 0,591 25 0,870 0,731 0,716
--17 0,715 0,600 0,594 26 0,873 0,735 0,719
--16 0,718 0,603 0,597 27 0,877 0,738 0,722
--15 0,722 0,606 0,600 28 0,881 0,742 0,725
--14 0,726 0,609 0,602 29 0,885 0,746 0,727
--13 0,730 0,612 0,605 30 0,888 0,749 0,730
--12 0,733 0,615 0,608 31 0,892 0,753 0,733
--11 0,737 0,618 0,611 32 0,896 0,757 0,736
--10 0,741 0,621 0,614 33 0,899 0,760 0,739
--9 0,744 0,624 0,617 34 0,903 0,764 0,742
--8 0,748 0,627 0,620 35 0,907 0,768 0,745
--7 0,752 0,630 0,623 36 0,910 0,771 0,748
--6 0,755 0,633 0,626 37 0,914 0,775 0,751
--5 0,759 0,637 0,629 38 0,918 0,779 0,754--4 0,763 0,640 0,632 39 0,921 0,782 0,757
--3 0,766 0,643 0,634 40 0,925 0,786 0,759
--2 0,770 0,646 0,637 41 0,929 0,790 0,762
--1 0,774 0,649 0,640 42 0,932 0,794 0,765
0 0,778 0,652 0,643 43 0,936 0,797 0,768
1 0,781 0,655 0,646 44 0,940 0,801 0,771
2 0,785 0,658 0,649 45 0,944 0,805 0,774
3 0,789 0,661 0,652 46 0,947 0,808 0,777
4 0,792 0,664 0,655 47 0,951 0,812 0,780
5 0,796 0,667 0,658 48 0,955 0,816 0,783
6 0,800 0,670 0,661 49 0,958 0,819 0,786
7 0,803 0,673 0,664 50 0,962 0,823 0,7888 0,807 0,676 0,666 51 0,966 0,827 0,791
9 0,811 0,679 0,669 52 0,969 0,830 0,794
10 0,814 0,682 0,672 53 0,973 0,834 0,797
11 0,818 0,685 0,675 54 0,977 0,838 0,800
12 0,822 0,689 0,678 55 0,980 0,842 0,803
13 0,825 0,692 0,681 56 0,984 0,845 0,806
14 0,829 0,695 0,684 57 0,988 0,849 0,809
15 0,833 0,698 0,687 58 0,992 0,853 0,812
16 0,837 0,701 0,690 59 0,995 0,856 0,815
17 0,840 0,704 0,693 60 0,999 0,860 0,818
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 89/274
Packaging -- Shipping and storage
Packaging -- Identification -- Storage
S22--001EN051/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction Thepole are filled with SF6 gas for transport purposes to an effectivepressure
of 0,03 MPa at 20C (101.3 kPa).
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Packaging 2
Identifying sub-- assemblies and their packaging 3
Storage 2 years 4
Storage > 2 years 5
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 90/274
Packaging -- Shipping and storage
Packaging -- Identification -- Storage
S22--001EN052/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Packaging
Introduction For transport, the different parts of the apparatus are divided--up between
several cases :
D A case containing the poles vacuum--wrapped in a protective bag contain-ing desiccants.
D The SF6 bottle(s).
D A case containing assembly products (grease, oil, etc.) required for instal-lation.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 91/274
Packaging -- Shipping and storage
Packaging -- Identification -- Storage
S22--001EN053/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Identifying sub --assemblies and their packaging
Introduction Each circuit--breaker sub--assembly (poles, operating mechanism, etc.) is
identified by a plate giving its reference numbers.These numbers are marked on the packaging cases of each sub--assembly.
Example of markingand identifying
-- Manufacturer reference No. = 100 928
-- Circuit--breaker identification No. 1
-- Pole No. 1
100 928 0010
01 01
100 928 0010no SÉRIE
Rep. 1
MARKING OFPACKAGING CASES
IDENTIFICATION OF SUB--AS-SEMBLIES AND TOOLING
CIRCUIT--BREAKERIDENTIFICATION No.
MANUFACTURERREFERENCE No.
CASE No.
1
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 92/274
Packaging -- Shipping and storage
Packaging -- Identification -- Storage
S22--001EN054/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Storage 2 years
Introduction The storage procedures defined below are for storage times of less than 2years. For longer periods, specialpackaging must be designed and appropri-ate procedures devised.
Short--term storage(6 months)
The table below indicate how to stock the main components of the circuit---breaker for a medium--term storage :
Component Storage
Protective bag in good condition(vacuum--wrapped)
The apparatus must be stored with itstransport packaging open whilstplaced on beams in a closed, but ven-
tilated, flood--proof place.
Protective bag not vacuum---wrapped (teared)
The apparatus must be stored onbeams in a closed, but ventilated,flood--proof place, placed on beamsin stable transport position, packingopen.In order to prevent corrosion damagedue to formation of condensation, it ismandatory that the heating circuit beswitched on.
Medium--term storage(less than 2 years)
The apparatus must be stored on beams in a closed, but ventilated, flood---proof place, placed on beams in stable transport position, packing open.
D In order to prevent corrosion damage due to formation of condensation, itis mandatory that the heating circuit be switched on.
D Check for presence of SF6 gas in poles (referto module “Checking forpres-ence of SF6 gas in poles”).
PROTECT THE ELECTRICAL CABINET AGAINST DUST. (THE ELEC-TRICAL CABINET MUST BE COVERED BUT NOT AIRTIGHT).
ANY CHANGE OF LOCATION OF THE APPARATUS (EVEN AFTER COM-MISSIONING) SHOULD BE DONE AT A REDUCED PRESSURE OF0.03 MPa.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 93/274
Packaging -- Shipping and storage
Packaging -- Identification -- Storage
S22--001EN055/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Storage > 2 years
Closed and protected
storage area
The material has to be installed in a suitable room and in the same conditions
as an operational item of equipment (fixing to the floor, SF6 gas filling at theassigned filling pressure for pre isolation).
D The anti--condensation resistance of cabinets and controls to be con-nected.
NOTE : When the cabinet has no anti--condensation resistance, stor-age has to take place in a room where there are no significant temper-ature variations.
D It is advisable to carry out at least 2 CO cycles with SF6 gas at rated pres-sure every 6 months following the procedure below in order to check the cor-rect operation of the circuit breaker:
Step Action
1 Check the SF6 gas pressure. The SF6 gas pressure for mechanicaloperation is Pre (rated pressure).
NOTE : No mechanical operation authorized with SF6 pressure Pme.
2 Close the supply circuit to the resetting motor (the motor starts andset the closing spring).
3 Carry out 2 CO cycle, the equipment is in the ”OPEN” position withthe closing spring set and the opening spring released.
4 Stop the resetting motor supply circuit.
5 Perform 1 new CO cycle. The equipment is then inthe ”OPEN”posi-tion, with closing and opening springs released.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 94/274
Packaging -- Shipping and storage
Packaging -- Identification -- Storage
S22--001EN056/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Storage > 2 years, continued
Closed and protected
storage area continuedD Check the densimeter contact threshold every five years (see ”Checkingthe contact densimeter threshold”).
D Measure the contact resistance every 5 years (see ”Main circuit resistancemeasurements”).
PROTECTTHEELECTRICALCABINETAGAINSTDUST(THEELECTRI-CAL CABINET MUST BE COVERED BUT NOT AIRTIGHT).
ANY CHANGE OF LOCATION OF THE APPARATUS (EVEN AFTER COM-MISSIONING) SHOULD BE DONE AT A REDUCED PRESSURE OF0.03 MPa.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 95/274
Packaging -- Shipping and storage
Cases identification
G25--001EN021/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Fully circuit breaker
Diagram
87
2
6 5
4
1
3
FKG1
Components The following table lists the principle components of the fully circuit breaker:
Mark Component
1 Anchoring
2 Frame support
3 Circuit breaker
4 Cables boxes
5 Sun sheild
6 Lifting girder
7 SF6 bottle8 Transport case
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 96/274
Packaging -- Shipping and storage
Cases identification
G25--001EN022/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 97/274
Installation
Erection general instructions
S30--001EN031/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Erection general instructions
Instructions
of environment
The table below gives the instructions of environment to respect for the erec-
tion :
Instruction Comment
A
Verify the Civil engineering work : dimensions,levels of concrete pads (structure fixation), inaccordance with the tolerances given by Civilwork standards (refer to device outline).
B Avoid any dust production and masonry work
during erection of the device.
Erectioninstructions
The table below gives the instructions to respect for proper erection of the cir-cuit--breaker :
Instruction Comment
1
Read all the “Installation” modules completelybefore beginning erection works.The erection instructions describe all the proce-dures to be carried out as well as their chrono-
logical order.
2
The shipping case should be open as requiredduring erection procedures.CAUTION : Respect sub--assemblies iden-tification.
3 Respect references to other modules,
i.e. :“Bolting and Tightening torquesI”.
Warning No responsibility is taken over by ALSTOM Grid. for damages and distur-bances resulting out of non--adherence to the “Installation” modules.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 98/274
Installation
Erection general instructions
S30--001EN032/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 99/274
Installation
Bolting and Tightening torques
S31--001EN051/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction In the assembling with screws, all the fastening screws must be “greased” be-
fore torque tightening.
Products used The table below gives the list of theused products for thescrews before tight-ening :
Designation ALSTOM itemreference
Supplier Supplier itemreference
Grease --01835208
(1kg box) MOBIL OIL MOBILPLEX 47
Contact Grease --01835104
(1kg box)NEUTRALVASELINE
Contact grease --01835118
(200g tube) EPMF
CONTACTALHPG
Silicon grease --01835265
(100g tube) SAMARO MOLYKOTE 111
Glue --01818327
(250ml) LOCTITE LOCTITE 225
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Screw greasing before tightening 2
Tightening torques values 3
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 100/274
Installation
Bolting and Tightening torques
S31--001EN052/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Screw greasing before tightening
Choice of the
product to use
The table below gives the product to use for the screws before tightening de-
pending on the assembling type :
If assembling ... Product to use ...
usual MOBILPLEX 47
electrical connections NEUTRAL VASELINE
with seals
Can bedismantled ?
Product ...
YES MOLYKOTE 111
NO LOCTITE 225
Where to applythe product ?
The table below indicates the part of the screws to treat with the appropriateproduct before tightening depending on the assembling type :
If assembling... With screws With bolts
usual
electrical connections
Tapping or threading
Tapping or threadingwith seals
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 101/274
Installation
Bolting and Tightening torques
S31--001EN053/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Tightening torques values
Values table The tool and the tightening method must be such that the torque actually ap-
plied to the screw head corresponds with the reference torque shown in thetable below, to within a tolerance of ± 20%.
TIGHTENING TORQUESin daN.m
STEEL SCREWS
CLASS 6.8
orSTAINLESS A2--70, A4--70
CLASS 8.8
orSTAINLESS A2--80, A4--80
M2,5 0,05 0,06
M3 0,09 0,11
M4 0,19 0,26
M5 0,38 0,51
M6 0,66 0,88
M8 1,58 2,11
M10 3,20 4,27
M12 4,97 6,63
M14 8,67 11,56
M16 13,42 17,90
M20 26,22 34,98
M24 45,68 60,93
M30 90,44 120,65
Example For a theorical torque of 5 daN.m, the tightening torque can be applied from4 daN.m to 6daN.m.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 102/274
Installation
Bolting and Tightening torques
S31--001EN054/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 103/274
Installation
Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles
G31--061EN041/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction Thepole are filled with SF6 gas for transport purposes to an effectivepressure
of 0,03 MPa at 20°C (101.3 kPa).
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Pole checking when the cases are opened on the site 2
Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles 3
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 104/274
Installation
Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles
G31--061EN042/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Pole checking when the cases are opened at site
Preparing the pole Remove the cover and the side panels of the case. Remove partially packag-
ingprotection to free the housing to can reach thefilling device into theoperat-ing mechanism..
.FKG1N/F/X/XV/XW
Visual inspectionof the pôles
It is of prime importance that the presence of SF6 gas in pole beverified before going any further with installation.
SF6 three phasechecking or
SF6 one phasechecking
FK3--12
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 105/274
Installation
Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles
G31--061EN043/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles
Process Thetablebelow gives the steps of checking for presence of SF6 gas inpoles :
Step Action Diagram
1 Remove the plug (1) and installthefilling tool (3), tighten thefill-ing tool BY HAND.
3
1
2 D Remove the plug (4).
D Connect the tube (5) -- of thegauge 0--1 MPa (6) -- to the fil-ling tool (3).
** If, as foreseen, presence of gas has been verified carry onwith assembly.
** If, unlikely as this is, thereis a no gas pressure contactour customer service.
4 5
6
3
3 D Replace the valve--cap (4)and remove the filling tool (3).
D Re--install the plug (1).
3
4
4 daN.m
1
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 106/274
Installation
Checking for presence of SF6 gas in poles
G31--061EN044/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 107/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN051/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
NOTE : THIS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE IS APPLICABLE FOR A FKG1N / F
/ X TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER
Introduction The roofs (covers) of the circuit breaker are differents between :
D breaker with cooling system,
D breaker without cooling system.
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Isolating the apparatus 2Removing the covers without cooling system (FKG1N) 3
Removing the covers with cooling system (FKG1F/X) 4
Re--install the covers without cooling system (FKG1N) 6
Re--install the covers with cooling system (FKG1F/X) 7
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 108/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN052/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Isolating the apparatus
Caution DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ALL POSSIBLE SAFETY PRE-
CAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL WORKINGON THE EQUIPMENT.
Reminder The inspection and overhaul operations described in this section should al-ways be performed with the apparatus isolated, in other words :
D main circuit “de-energized”,circuit--breaker “open”disconnector “open”
D starting disconnector “open” (if applicable),
D grounding of each extremity,
E.S in closed position (1 or 2).D mechanically and electrically out of service.
Caution The covers and sun-visor should be placed with enclosures, separately andon a flat surface.
Caution During maintenance operations, two persons can rise simultaneously on theenclosures covers. The maximum load not to be exceeded is 200kg.
Caution IF THESE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS OR THOSE IN FORCE ON THE SITEWHERE EQUIPMENT IS BEING INSTALLED ARE IGNORED, THE PER-SONNEL MAY BE ENDANGERED.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 109/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN053/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Removing covers without cooling system, (If applicable).
Remove covers Remove the covers by attaching slings to the lifting rings.
HM10--40
x36
.A
.B
.A
.B
x 2
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 110/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN054/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Removing covers with cooling system, (If applicable).
Sun sheild disassem-
bly (if applicable)
Sun sheild assembly (disassembly) of circuit--breaker on site.
. A
...31 --35.
Sun sheild assembly
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
. A
. A
FKG1F
FKG1X
Introduction Before to remove the cover :
D Disconnect the voltage connection braid (A).
D Disconnect the Serflex (B) collar.
.A
.B
.B
.A
.B
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 111/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN055/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Disassembly covers with cooling system, continued (If applicable).
Removal of
the covers
A – Remove the cover plates and the seals between the half covers,
B – Remove the crown from the gasket ringC -- Remove the half covers from the enclosure.
.A .C
x6
HM8--30
HM8
x24
.B
.A
.A
.A
.C
x8x18
.B
.B
1F / 1X
x6x10x16
x48
HM10--40
1F / 1X
x40
1F/1X
x1
Removal of thecovers (continued)
Remove the half--covers with the aid of lifting strap.
.A
.A
x 2
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 112/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN056/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Re--install covers without cooling system, (If applicable).
Cleen enclosure
indside
Before re-installing of covers :
D check inside encolure cleanness, no outsider body (tools, pieces...).
D Cleen and sweep up hoover enclosure inside.
Re-install coverswithoutcooling system
Re-install of covers with tighten the screws to their required torque, and pro-ceed with preparation of electrical contacts (see ...31--501).
.A
.BHM10--40
x36
.A
.BCAUTION
check enclosu-re/cover mar-
king.
x 2
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 113/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN057/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Re--install covers with cooling system, continued (If applicable).
Cleen enclosure
indside
Before re-installing of covers :
D check inside encolure cleanness, no outsider body (tools, pieces...).
D Cleen and sweep up hoover enclosure inside.
Re--install covers On the enclosure, position the half--covers with the aid of the lifting strap.
.A
.A
x 2
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 114/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN058/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Re--install covers with cooling system, continued (If applicable).
Remounting
the covers(continued)
Remounting the covers, with the bolting tightened to torque, and by applying
the procedure “Connections with preparation of the electrical contact sur-faces” (See...31--501).
A -- Fix the half covers on to the enclosure,B – Fix the crown on the gasket ring,C – Fit the seals between the half covers, and fix the cover plates.
.B
Return the extremity of the seals in the covers
notch
.C
HM8
3.2 daNm1.6 daNm
1.6 daNm
.A
.C
.B
.A
.B
.A
x6
HM8--30
x8x18
1F / 1X
x6x10
x16
x24
1F/1X
x2
x48
HM10--40
1F / 1X
x40
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 115/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN059/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Re--install covers without cooling system, (If applicable).
Introduction After fitting the cover :
D Connect the voltage connection braid (A)
D Tighten the Serflex collar (B).
.A+B
.B
.B
.A
.B
Sun sheild assembly(if applicable)
Sun sheild assembly of circuit--breaker on site.
Refer to the procedure “Sun sheild assembly on the GCB of at site”, see sum-mary for reference (...31-35.),
. A
...31 --35.
Sun sheild assembly
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
. A
. A
FKG1F
FKG1X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 116/274
Installation
Removing (Re--install) the covers of enclosure
for intervention
G31--080EN0510/10
06--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 117/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN121/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
NOTE : THIS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE IS APPLICABLE FOR A FKG1N,FKG1F, FKG1X / XP / XV / XW TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER (heat sink notrepresented here)
Necessary product Grease MOBILPLEX 47 (screws greasing)
Necessary ALSTOMGrid tools
List of the ALSTOM Grid tools necessary for the installing :
Illustration Description Number
FKG1N/FX/XP/XV/XW
Lifting tool 1
Length = 6mLoad = 1 T
Lifting strap(Not suppliedby ALSTOM
Grid)
2
Lifting equipment Provide for an adequate means of lifting (daN) (see VS...GAD01D).
Process The following table gives the stages for installation of the circuit breaker :
Step Topic Page
A Inspecting civil engineering works 2
B Identifying the circuit--breaker (if several) *
C Installing the lifting girder 4D Installing the circuit--breaker -- Step 1 5
E Insulation control 9
F Installing the circuit--breaker -- Step 2 10
G Installing the circuit--breaker -- Step 3 12
H Tests pre--commissioning 15
I Safety instructions for busbar dielectric test(IF APPLICABLE)
16
J Safety instructions for return to initial state after busbardielectric test (IF APPLICABLE)
17
K Installing the circuit--breaker -- Step 4 19
* Refer to “Packaging -- Identification -- Storage”.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 118/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN122/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Inspecting civil engineering works
Rewinder AVOID ANY DUST PRODUCTION AND MASSORY WORK DURING CIR-
CUIT--BREAKER ERECTION.
Check the distancesbetween axles of ex-ixting busbars
Check the values for X, Y, and Z, distances between axles of exixting busbarsand dimensioning of bay’s attachment points with sighting gear(see VS...GAD01D).
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
frame and cubi-cle fixation points
Evenness of theCivil EngineeringStructures
Using shims, adjust the differences in evenness of the concrete structureswith a tolerance of:± 1mm, and with a shims’ height adjustment differenceof: 0 + 15mm
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 119/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN123/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Checking for presence of SF6 gas before assembly
Check for presence of
SF6.
Check for presence of SF6 used for transportation.
. A
G31--061
Checking for presenceof gas...
. A
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 120/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN124/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the lifting tool
Initial Requirements NEVER HANDLE OR SLING THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR POLES FROM
UNDER THE SHEATHES.ALWAYS USE THE SLINGING/LIFTING POINTS BELOW.
Handling Installing the lifting tool
x 4
Site attaching tool
CAUTION! Adjust the bal-
ance
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 121/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN125/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 1
Positionning Present the assembly to the floor on its anchoring points after having added
10 mm of shims under the frame/ controls assembly.
. A
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement
.A
Fixing to the ground
and checks flatness
Z = IPB axis to the ground
-- Pre--tightening of fixings.-- Check the levels by using a viewing lens (insert shims if required evenness
± 1mm), and tightening to the required torque levels.
.A
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
Z
evenness
± 1mm
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 122/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN126/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 1, continued
Fastening onto the
ground wtth spacers
Z = IPB axis to the ground
Fixed support to their required torque (A, B,C,D) on the ground with thescrews V (Not supplied by ALSTOM Grid See VS...GAD01D).
NOTE : Y = Distance between phases :
1500 : beams fitted with 2 feets and 2 supports> 1500 : beams fitted with 3 feets and 3 supports
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement
Z
Y
Y
B C D
CAUTION!CORRECT ADJUSTMENT CONDI-TIONS THE CORRECT FUNCTION-
ING OF THE EQUIPMENT.
C
D
x4
x4
x1x2
DB
A
A
A A
B
B
B
A
Busbar central axis
11 daNm
SCREWS HM16
(NOT SUPPLIED BY
ALSTOM Grid)
V
C
x6
Y
1500N/F/X/XP/-
XV/XW
Y >1500
A
A
N/F/X
XP/XV/XW
x2
N/F/X/XP/-XV/XW
x3or
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 123/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN127/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 1, continued
Fastening onto the
ground wtth spacers
Z = IPB axis to the ground
Using a telescopic sight, level the circuit breaker assembly by adjusting,wherenecessary, evenness±1mmusing shims(between breaker supportsand spacers) and tighten to torque with the screws V (supplied by ALSTOMGrid).NOTE : Y = Distance between phases :
1500 : beams fitted with 2 feets and 2 supports> 1500 : beams fitted with 3 feets and 3 supports
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement
Z
Y
Y
CAUTION!CORRECT ADJUSTMENT CONDI-TIONS THE CORRECT FUNCTION-
ING OF THE EQUIPMENT.
HM16 --70
11 daNm
evenness
± 1mm
V
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 124/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN128/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 1, continued
Removal of transport
tools.
Remove the 2 or 4 retaining brackets used during transport.
x2 N/F/X
XP/XV/XWx4
Remove covers Remove the covers by attaching slings to the lifting rings (see G31--08.).
G31--080
Dismantling and reassemblyof the metal enclosure covers
(FKG1N/F).
G31--082
Dismantling and reassembly
of the metal enclosure covers
(FKG1XP/XV/XW).
Precaution, after cov-ers removal
ALL PRECAUTION SHALL BE TAKEN AFTER COVERS REMOVAL FORPROTECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT LOCATED INSIDE OF THE ENCLO-SURE.
CAUTION! :IT’S FORBIDDEN TO STEP ON OR PRESS THE INTERNALPART OF THE ENCLOSURE.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 125/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN129/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Control insulation
Process Before continuing erection checking beetwen enclosure/fram insulation for
the 3 poles.
POLE EN-CLOSURE
POLEFRAME
FOR THE 3 POLES CHECK ENCLOSURE/FRAME INSULATION
R
INSULATINGBRACE
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 126/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1210/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 2
Instal side busbars
flexible connexions
Side busbars only install flexible connections. (see VS...GAD01D, and
...31-501, and ...31-001).Insert into C.B. enclosure the busbar equiped with the flexible connections.(VS...GAD01D, and ...37-1).
NOT SUPPLIED CONNECTING BRAIDSBY ALSTOM Grid
daNm
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 127/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1211/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 2, continued
Connection Connection of circuit--breaker/busbar enclosures.
. PROCEED WITH CONNECTION OF BAY/BUSBARENCLOSURES (OUTSIDE ALSTOM Grid SUPPLY RAN-GE) OTHERWISE TAKE ALL NECESSARIES PRECAU-TIONS FOR PROTECT THE EQUIPMENT
. ALL PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN AT THE TIMEOF ENCLOSURE CONNECTION IN ORDER TO PRO-TECT THE INTERNAL COMPONENT (VTs, CTs, ISOCOMPOSITE, ...) AND AVOID THE INSIDE ENCLOSUREPOLLUTION.
.DO NOT MODIFY THE ADJUSTMENTS REALIZED ONTHE BAY (ALTITUDE, LATITUDE).USE SLEEVES SO AS TO MAKE UP FOR COAXIALITY FAULTS.
CAUTION !
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement
CONNECTION SLEE-VES BUSBAR / BAY
ENCLOSURES (OUT-SIDE ALSTOM GridSUPPLY RANGE).
For connection withwelding
CAUTION! : WELDING OF ENCLOSURES EXCEPT PRESSURE
.ALL PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN AT THE TIME OF ENCLOSURECONNECTION IN ORDER specifically for the welding, TO PROTECTTHE INTERNAL COMPONENT (VTs, CTs, ISO COMPOSITE, ...) ANDAVOID THE INSIDE ENCLOSURE POLLUTION.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 128/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1212/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 3
Connections Carry out the joining up of the flexible connections as follows :
(See VS...GAD01D, ...31--501 and ...31--001)D Prepare the contact surfaces on the braids, and the circuit breaker connec-tions.Refer to the procedure “Connections with preparation of electrical contactsurfaces”, see summary for reference (...31--501).
D Assemble the braids, and tighten to torque.Refer to the procedure “Bolting and tightening torques”, see summary for ref-erence (...31--001).
. A
...31--501
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS.SUPPLY FOLLOWING CUSTOMER
COMMAND(ORDER).
daNm
...31--001 VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
. A
. A
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
SCREWSSUPPLY FOLLOWING CUSTOMER
COMMAND(ORDER)
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 129/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1213/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 3, continued
Installion of LV
cubicle into “Work-ing” position
Move the LV cubicle on its support using straps, from “transport” position to
“working” position.-- Procedure A for circuit--breaker FKG1N/F/X
-- Procedure A + B for circuit--breaker FKG1XP/XV/XW
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
Hole N0 7Hole N0 1
“transport” position
“working” position
Hole N0 9Hole N0 1
Hole N0
3Hole N0
1
“transport” position
“working” position
Hole N0 1
FKG1N/F/X
FKG1XP/XV/XW
A
B
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 130/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1214/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 3, continued
Installing the ground
pads
Connect the earthing circuit to the earthing terminals on the chassis and
regrouping cabinet.
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 131/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1215/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Tests pre--commissioning
Process Before continning with assembly :
Filling with SF6 gas PROCEED WITH FILLING WITH SF6 GAS (See...32--001).
Pre--commissioninginspection
PROCEED WITH THE TESTS AND CONTROLS PRIOR TO COMMIS-SIONING (See ...34--001).
IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST REPORT PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING(See RES 337).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 132/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1216/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Safety instructions for busbar dielectric test (IF APPLICABLE)
REMINDER ALSTOM Grid S.A. declines all responsibility for damages resulting
from no respect of here above recommendations
Immediate TestProcedures
If the dielectric test is planned for this phase of installation, it is essential tofollow the instructions below.
Procedure with a CT D Current transformer
-- at power frequency up to 50 kV RMS, each secondary winding must be ear-
thed.-- for a lightning impulse, it is recommended that you dismantle the CTs andremove them from the duct.
VT Procedure D Potential transformer(s) with a fuse
It is imperative to :
-- remove the fuse,
-- dismantle the braid from the fuse--holder on the circuit breaker or discon-nector connections,
It is then imperative to :
-- place each secondary winding in an earthed and short--circuit configura-tion.
D Potential transformer(s) without a fuse
It is imperative to :
-- dismantle the braid linking the P1/H1 (primary terminal) to the PT on thecircuit breaker or disconnector.
It is then imperative to :
-- place each secondary winding in an earthed and short--circuit configur-ation.
Procedure with
a capacitor
D Capacitor
It is imperative to :-- disconnect and remove the capacitor, together with its braid, from the cir-cuit breaker.
Procedure with alightning arrester
D Lightning arrester
It is imperative to :
-- disconnect and remove the lightning arrester, together with its braid, fromthe circuit breaker.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 133/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1217/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Safety instructions for overhauling after the dielectric test,(IF APPLICABLE)
REMINDER ALSTOM Grid S.A. declines anyliability for failures caused by the non---respect of these directives.
Procedure with a PT D Potential transformer(s) with a fuse
It is imperative to respect the order of assembly :
-- remove the short--circuit device from the secondary winding,
-- Re--assemble the fuse--holder braid to the circuit breaker or disconnectorconnections by applying the procedures for “preparation of the electrical con-tact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”,
-- Re--assemble the fuse.
D Potential transformer(s) without a fuseIt is imperative to respect the order of assembly :
-- Remove the short--circuit device from the secondary winding,
-- Re--assemble the braid connecting the P1/H1 (primary terminal) of the PTto the circuit breaker or disconnector by applying the procedures “preparationof the electrical contact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”,
Procedure with acapacitor
D Capacitor
Re--assemble by applying the procedures “Preparation of electrical con-tact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”.
Procedure with alightning arrester
D Lightning arrester
Re--assemble by applying the procedures “Preparation of electrical con-tact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”.
Later scheduling
of the test
If the dielectric test is planned for later it is imperative to respect the following
instructions.
D Protect the interior of the equipment by temporarily remounting the metalenclosure covers with all of the bolting in order to avoid pollution of the insideof the enclosure, without applying the procedures “Preparation of the electri-cal contact surfaces” and “Bolting and tightening torques”.
D Following the dielectric test carried out later whilst following the direc-tives of the “precautions for the equipment before dielectric testing”,continue the chronological order for assembly of the device as described inthe manual.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 134/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1218/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit breaker – Step 4,
Cleaning inside
the enclosure
Before re-assembling the covers :
D Check the cleanliness inside of the enclosure, no foreign bodies (tools,parts etc.),
D Vacuum clean and clean out the interior of the enclosures.
Remounting thecovers
Remove the covers as per the module (See G31--08.).
G31--080
Dismantling and reassembly
of the metal enclosure covers
(FKG1N/F).
G31--082
Dismantling and reassemblyof the metal enclosure covers
(FKG1XP/XV/XW).
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 135/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1219/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 4, continued(IF APPLICABLE)
Starting disconnector Connecting of starting disconnector with/or without fuses.
...31--301
Connecting of starting
disconnector
. A
.A
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
Sun sheild assembly(if applicable) Sun sheild assembly of circuit--breaker on site.
Refer to the procedure “Sun sheild assembly on the GCB of at site”, see sum-mary for reference (...31-350),
. A
...31--350
Sun sheild assembly
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breakerGeneral arrangement
. A
. A
FKG1F
FKG1X
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 136/274
Installation
Assembly of the circuit breaker on--site
G31--201EN1220/20
04--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the circuit --breaker -- Step 4, continued(IF APPLICABLE)
Erection of helicoîdalfans
Erection of helicoîdal fans (see ...31--221).
. A
VS...GAD01D
Circuit-breaker
General arrangement
.A
...31--221
Erection of helicoidal fans
FKG1XV
FKG1XW
.A
.A
FKG1XW
”Extented”
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 137/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN021/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction At the time of the PRE-COMMISSIONING INSPECTIONS AND TESTS,
the resistance of apparatus’ main circuit must be, necessarily, mea-sured at site.
This first measure will be used as reference to estimate the apparatus evolu-tion in the time.
The read off measures asked will be consigned in the pre-commissioning testreport by checking them with acceptance criteria, joined to the manual.
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic PageMaterial condition before measuring 2
Tool and equipment necessary for measuring 3
Measuring main resistance procedure of single circuit--breaker 4
Measuring main resistance procedure of generator circuit--breaker 6
Measuring main resistance procedure of single disconnector 7
Flexible connection 8
Repair in initial condition 9
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 138/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN022/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Material condition before measuring
Material condition For measuring of the main circuit resistance the apparatus must be complete-ly assembled : poles -- operating mechanism.
The pole apparatus must be opened and :
-- control rod system of apparatus installed,
-- busbar installed.
-- busbar enclosure installed and connected (soldering executed) to the bayenclosure (if applicable),
-- earthing switch(es) closed, notconnected ontheearth maincircuit,circuit--breaker opened,
-- starting disconnector closed, not connected to the static converter ca-
ble(s),
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 139/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN023/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Tool and equipment necessary for measuring
Necessary control
equipment
Apparatus enabling measurement of resistance from 0,3 mΩ 0,1 mΩ to 10mΩ 0,2 mΩ with direct current.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 140/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN024/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Measuring main resistance procedure of single circuit --breaker
Reminder The goal of the procedure is to close the circuit--breaker to measure the main
circuit resistance.
Warning BEFORE ALL INTERVENTION ON THE OPERATING DEVICE, MAKESURETHATTHE CIRCUIT--BREAKERIS OPENAND ITS POSITIONINDI-CATOR IS IN THE POSITION BELOW.
Circuit--breakerOpen
Closing springReleased
0 0 0 0 0
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 141/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN025/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Measuring main resistance procedure of single circuit --breaker, continued
Position of material put in position ”LOCAL” (manual operating mechanism), the operating
mechanism,
-- circuit--breaker closed,
-- disconnector opened,
-- earthing switch(es) or starting disconnector (if applicable) opened.
Process D Establish a direct current at least 100 A between the input and output of the apparatus to be tested.
D Connect the measuring equipment on the holes allowed.
D Measurement (R1) of voltage decrease between these two points givesthe resistance value at the rate of 100 mV for 1 mΩ.
100 A
100 A
R1HoleØ 4
R1HoleØ 4
Reminder The resistance on each apparatus must be less than the value given in“ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”.Refer to the document “ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”, see summary for refer-ence.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 142/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN026/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Measuring main resistance procedure of generator circuit--breaker
Position of material put in position ”LOCAL” (manual operating mechanism), the operating me-
chanism,
-- circuit-breaker and disconnector closed,
-- earthing switch(es) or starting disconnector (if applicable) opened.
Process D Establish a direct current at least 100 A between the input and output of the apparatus to be tested.
D Connect the measuring equipment on the holes allowed.
D Measurement (R2) of voltage decrease between these two points givesthe resistance value at the rate of 100 mV for 1 mΩ.
100 A
100 A
R2HoleØ 4
R2HoleØ 4
Reminder The resistance on each apparatus must be less than the value given in“ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”.Refer to the document “ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”, see summary for refer-ence.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 143/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN027/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Measuring main resistance procedure of single disconnector
Position of material put in position ”LOCAL” (manual operating mechanism), the operating me-
chanism,
-- circuit-breaker opened,
-- disconnector closed,
-- earthing switch(es) opened (if applicable),
Process D Establish a direct current at least 100 A between the input and output of the apparatus to be tested.
D Connect the measuring equipment on the holes allowed.
D Measurement (R3) of voltage decrease between these two points givesthe resistance value at the rate of 100 mV for 1 mΩ.
R3HoleØ 4
100 A 100 A
R3HoleØ 4
Reminder The resistance on each apparatus must be less than the value given in“ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”.Refer to the document “ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA”, see summary for refer-ence.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 144/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN028/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Flexible connections
Process The ALSTOM supply being restricted to the end pads of apparatus, flexible
connections and bolting hardware excluded, this manual does not give anyregulations concerning the contact resistance existing between the pads andthese connections.
However, the attention is pointed out on the importance lying with the qualityof these contacts, which depends on the assembling conditions (surfacecondition, tightening torque for screws and bolts) andhaving these conditionsmaintened times goes.For more information purposes, no total contact resistance should exceed
0.5mΩ.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 145/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN029/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Back up to initial state
End of control Disconnect the control apparatus, and open manually the apparatus shill clo-
sed.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 146/274
Installation
Measuring main circuit resistance
G31--401EN0210/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 147/274
Installation
Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces
G31--501EN041/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Preparing the contact surfaces 2
Preparation before assemblage of silver--plated aluminium alloyand silver--plated aluminium or copper alloy
3
Installing connections 4
Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminiumalloy without coating
5
Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminiumalloy without coating (contined)
6
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 148/274
Installation
Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces
G31--501EN042/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparing the contact surfaces
List List of the ALSTOM products and accessories necessary for the installing :
ALSTOMreference
Diagram Designation
--01861262 Can of ISOPROPANOL (1l)
--01835106 Vaseline 204--9
--01835118 Vaseline 204--9
--02212337 Scotch Brite A--VF
--01831320 Abrasive paper A400
--02212334 Rag
--02211842 Round brush No.4
--02211831 Brush No.16
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 149/274
Installation
Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces
G31--501EN043/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparation before assemblage of silver--plated aluminium alloy and silver-- -plated aluminium or copper alloy
Process The table below gives the steps of preparing the contact surfaces :
NOTE : The operations below must be realized ONLY at themoment of the installation.
Step Action Diagram
1 Remove the protectionand clean carefully thecontact surfaces.
circuit breaker
FKG1X/XP/XV/XW
circuit breaker
FKG1N/F
Disconnector switch
FKG1N/F/X/XP/XV/XW
2Dry rub with Scotch Brite
A--VF.
3
Eliminate the dust pro-duced.
4Coat with NEUTRALVASELINE.
5 Wipe with a clean rag,leaving just a thin layerof grease.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 150/274
Installation
Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces
G31--501EN044/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing connections
Flexible connectors The flexibleconnectors must immediately be attached to the connectorplate
once the contact surfaces have been prepared.Fasten the connections between circuit--breaker and busbar using screws,tighten to the appropriate torque.
BRAID CONNECTIONS ANDSCREWS NOT SUPPLIED BY
ALSTOM
daNm
Circuit-breaker
layout
VS...GAD01D
Importantinformation
With regards junctions crossed by the installation’s rated current, contactresistance/braid must not exceed 0,5 mΩ..
This measure will be realized before all commissioning.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 151/274
Installation
Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces
G31--501EN045/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminium alloy withoutcoating
Parts concerned Envelope and cover FKG1F--X
Process The table below gives the steps of preparing the contact surfaces :
NOTE : The operations below must be realized ONLY at themoment of the installation.
Step Action Diagram
1dry rub with fine emerycloth,
A
B
C
A
A
B
C
CD
A A
D C
BB
FKG1N
FKG1F --X
E
E
E
2
clean thoroughly to elim-inate dust produced,
3lightly coat with electri-cal contact grease,
4 rub over the grease with A 400 water-proof emery paper.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 152/274
Installation
Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces
G31--501EN046/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminium alloy withoutcoating (contined)
Parts concerned Envelope and cover FKG1XP--XV--XW
Process The table below gives the steps of preparing the contact surfaces :
NOTE : The operations below must be realized ONLY at themoment of the installation.
Step Action Diagram
1dry rub with fineemery cloth,
D+C
A+B+D
B
FKG1XP--XV--XW
B+C
DC
A
2
clean thoroughly toeliminate dust pro-duced,
3 lightly coat withelectrical contactgrease,
4 rub over the greasewith A 400 water--proof emery paper.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 153/274
Installation
Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces
G31--501EN047/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparation before assemblage of aluminium alloy and aluminium alloy withoutcoating (contined)
Grease used The electrical contact grease consists of a mixture of :50 % neutral Vaseline (-01835106)
and50 % ”Contactal” grease (-01835118)
To ensure that this mixture is clean, it is preferable to prepare and stock it intubes.
A small quantity of this mixture should be applied to the prepared surface,spread out, then wiped over using a clean cloth, so that only a thin layer re-mains.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 154/274
Installation
Connection with preparation of electrical contact surfaces
G31--501EN048/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 155/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN061/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
NOTE : THIS PROCEDURE IS APPLICABLE FOR A CIRCUIT--BREAKER FKG1,FKG2 standard or reverse, filling with SF6 gas three pole or single pole(1 filling SF6 gas per pole)
Presentation
Warning DUE TO RISK OF DAMAGE TO CERAMIC ENVELOPES DURINGTRANSPORTATION, PEOPLE PRESENT AT THE GAS FILLINGOPERATION SHOULD SHELTER THEMSELVES OR STAY AT AMINIMUM PROTECTION DISTANCE (ABOUT 50 m).
Necessary equipmentand tools
List of the necessary ALSTOM equipment and tools for the filling with SF 6
gas :
Mark Diagram Designation Number
2 Filling tool 1
8 Pressure reducer 1
6 SF6 gas bottle(s) *
14 Gauge 0--1 MPa 1
* depending on the apparatus.
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Installing the filling tool 2
Preparing the SF6 gas bottle 3
Filling with SF6 gas 4
Confirm the pressure 5
Checking pressure 6
Checking gas--tightness 8
Moisture content of SF6
gas in circuit--breaker 9
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 156/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN062/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the filling tool
Warning Hazard of asphyxiation
Whenever entering confined spaces there is a danger of death or seriousinjury by asphyxiation.
D Make sure the confined spaces are properly ventilated before personnelenter.
D Make sure a person outside of the confined space supervises the work.
D Obey the look--out/tag--out and permit to work procedures.
D Make sure escape routes are available and not blocked.
Process Thetablebelow gives the steps of installing the filling tool on the SF6 checkingbloc.
Step Action Diagram
1 Remove the plug (17).
3
17
2
2 Install the filling tool (2) (handtightening).
3 Undo the valve--cap (3).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 157/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN063/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparing the SF6 gas bottle
Process The table below gives the steps of preparing the SF6 gas bottle :
Step Action Diagram
1 Remove the cover (4) and plug (5)from the SF6 gas bottle (6). 5
4
6
SF6
2 Fit the pressure reducer (8) on theSF6 gas bottle (6). 6
8SF6
3 Briefly open the SF6 gas bottle tap(7) and the cock(9) of the pressurereducer to eliminate any air insidethe piping (approx. 20 s at lowflow--rate).
7 Open
9 ClosedSF6
4 Close the SF6 gas bottle tap (7)and thecock (9)of the pressure re-
ducer.NOTE : Keep the end of thetube (10) in high position tokeep the SF6 gas which it con-tains and to prevent damp airfrom entering.
7 10
Closed9
SF6
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 158/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN064/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Filling with SF6 gas
Filling pressure
calculation
Calculate the SF6 gas filling pressure in accordance withthe temperature and
the local atmospheric pressure.Filling is carried out to calculated pressure plus 0.01 MPa.
See the module “SF6 gas monitoring”.
Filling The table below gives the steps of the filling with SF6 gas operation :
7
11
Open
Closed9
SF6
10
2
Step Action Comment
1 Connect the tube (2) to the fillingtool (10).
2 Open the SF6 gas bottle tap (7)and adjust gas output by acting onthe cock (9) of the pressure reduc-er (reduced flow rate).
Close the tap (7) from time totime to check pressure on thegauge (11).
3 Start filling again until the requiredpressure is reached.
4 Close in this order : the tap (7),then the cock (9).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 159/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN065/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Confirm the pressure
Process The table below gives the confirmation operation steps of the filling pressure
with SF6 gas :
Step Action Comment/Diagram
1 Disconnect the tube (10) -- of the pressure reducer -- fromthefilling tool (2).
NOTE : Keep the uncon-nected end of the tube (10)higher than the other end, tostop the SF6 gas which itcontains from escaping andto prevent moisture entering. 2
10
2 D Connect the tube (15) -- of the gauge 0--1 MPa (14) -- tothe filling tool (2).
D When the required pressureis confirmed, remove thegauge (14) and and store itaway from humidity.
14
15
2
3 Remove the filling tool (2) andrefit the plug (17) (4 daN.m)
17
2
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 160/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN066/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Checking pressure
Principle Having allowed the temperature to remain steady for at least 12 hours after
filling, it is necessary to check and definitively adjust the pressure to its cor-rected value -- defined according to both ambient temperature and atmo-spheric pressure.
Preparation The table below gives the preparation steps before checking pressure :
Step Action Diagram
1 D Remove the plug (17) andinstall the filling tool (2).
D Unscrew the valve--cap (3). 3
17
2
2 D Connect the tube (15) -- of the gauge 0--1 MPa (14) -- tothe filling tool (2).
15
14
2
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 161/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN067/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Checking pressure, continued
Decision table The table below gives the process depending the pressure measured :
14
16
If the pressure measured is ... Action
correct End of control
too high
Adjust the pressure by means of valve
(16) on the gauge (14) to reach the re-quired corrected pressure.
too low
Top--up with SF6 gas
If the pressureadjustment
is ...Action
≤ 0,05 MPa End of control
> 0,05 MPa Proceed to anew inspectionafter a stabiliza-tion period of 2--3 hours.
End of control The table below gives the end steps of the checking pressure :
Step Action Diagram
1 Disconnect the gauge (14)0--1 MPa.
14
2 D Remove the filling tool (2)and re--install the plug (17), ap-plying a tightening torque of 4 daN.m; leak--tightness isonly guaranteed if this condi-tion is respected.
D Screw the valve--cap (3) onthe filling tool (2).
17
2
3
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 162/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN068/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Checking gas--tightness
Necessary
ALSTOM tools
The ALSTOM tool necessary for the tightness inspection :
Mark Diagram Designation Number
(12) Leak detector (optional) 1
Process Make sure that the plug (17) is perfectly leak--tight using the leak detec-tor (12).
12
17
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 163/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN069/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Moisture content of SF6 gas in circuit--breaker
Principle This measurement is not required, the equipment being provided with
molecular sieves in sufficient quantity to give a dew point of ≤ 0°C (32°F) foran ambient temperature of 20°C (68°F), this applies for a unit filled to itsnominal pressure for 2 or 3 months.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 164/274
Installation
Filling with SF6 gas
M32--001EN0610/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 165/274
Commissioning
Pre--commissioning inspections
G34--001EN041/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction After installation of the bay, completion of all earth circuit and electrical con-
nections, it is necessary to perform certain pre--commissioning inspections.These inspections should be performed with the apparatus ready to be com-missioned (energized), in other words.
D LV electrical circuits conforming, in voltage and type, with the low--voltagediagrams and rating plate of the apparatus.
D SF6 envelopes at rated SF6 pressure.
NOTE : Rated pressure, pressure of equipment after SF6 gas filling.
D Flexible connections linking circuit--breaker to busbar installed.
Reminder The measurement values demanded hereafter are to be taken during the test
and inspection programme prior to commissioning and checked with the val-ues of the “ acceptance criteria” and checking points end of this sheet, thenentered in the pre-commissioning test report (RES..., see summary for refer-ence)
. The document RES... which should then be sent for approvalto ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Service.
. If, however, the values do not conform with those foreseen in theacceptation criteria or general characteristics, contact :ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Service.
Caution DURING OPERATIONS REQUIRED AS PART OF INSPECTION PRO-GRAMME PRIOR TO COMMISSIONING, ALL POSSIBLE SAFETY PRE-CAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL WORKINGON THE EQUIPMENT.See “Product safety sheets”, PS0000EN”
In this module This module contains the following checking inspections :
Inspections Page
SF6 gas 2
Operating device of circuit--breaker 3
Test operations of circuit--breaker 4
Operating device of disconnector(s) 5
Test operations of disconnector(s) 6
Preparing for resumption of service 7
Finish 8
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 166/274
Commissioning
Pre--commissioning inspections
G34--001EN042/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
SF6 gas
Warning Hazard of asphyxiation
Whenever entering confined spaces there is a danger of death or seriousinjury by asphyxiation.
D Make sure the confined spaces are properly ventilated before personnelenter.
D Make sure a person outside of the confined space supervises the work.
D Obey the look--out/tag--out and permit to work procedures.
D Make sure escape routes are available and not blocked.
Reminder SF6 envelopes are at rated pressure following the SF6 gas filling operation.
Parameters Take note of parameters below :
D site altitude, in meters,
D atmospheric pressure of site in hPa,
D site temperature in °C.
Checking SF6 gas SF6 pressure values must obligatorily be read on the pressure inspectiongauge (tooling). Pay no attention to indications given by the dial densimeteron thefilling control block (where applicable) ; it is not accurate enough for thisinspection.
The table below gives the steps of checking :
Step Action Comment
1 Measure SF6 gas pressure bymeans of the pressure inspectiongauge (tooling)
Follow the instructions given inmodule ”Filling with SF6 gas”.
2 Correct pressure found. Follow the instructions given inmodule ”SF6 gas monitoring”.
SF6 gas
humidity level
The SF6 humidity level need not be known as the equipment is fitted with mo-
lecular sieves in sufficient numbers to give a dew point lower than, or equalto, 0°C at an ambient temperature of 20°C, for an apparatus filled to its ratedpressure for 2 or 3 months.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 167/274
Commissioning
Pre--commissioning inspections
G34--001EN043/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Operating device of circuit --breaker
Measurements Note the supply voltage of motors on the operating mechanism terminals.
Measurements TO PROCEED ERECTION MEASURE APPARATUS’ RESISTANCES (see...31--401).
Various inspections Check that the following items are working correctly :
-- heating,
-- lighting,
-- connections on terminals (no excessive tightening).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 168/274
Commissioning
Pre--commissioning inspections
G34--001EN044/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Test operations of circuit--breaker
Test operations D The connection of auxiliary circuits is sufficiently advanced to allow remotecontrols to be used.
D Perform 10 CLOSING -- OPENING cycles electrically, by remote control.
Measurementsspecific to thecircuit--breaker
D Closing time
Measure the closing time of each pole from current emission in the circuit--breaker’s closingelectro-magnet until the moment when contacts touch in thepole.
D Opening time
Measure the opening time of each pole, from current emission in the circuit--
breaker’s opening electro-magnet to the moment when contacts separate inthe pole.
D Opening-closing sequence times :
Perform a CO cycle and measure the following times :
-- Closing time.
-- Opening time.
-- Closing-opening time.
D Operating of auxiliary contacts (CS) :
-- Closing operation : Measure operating times of auxiliary contacts. For bothtypes of contact (a and b).
-- Opening operation : Measure operating times of auxiliary contacts. Forboth types of contact (a and b).
D Simultaneity gap between poles :
Measure the simultaneity gap between poles during the following operations
-- Closing.
-- Opening (circuit 1).
-- Opening (circuit 2).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 169/274
Commissioning
Pre--commissioning inspections
G34--001EN045/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Operating device of disconnector(s) (if applicable)
General conditions The measurements which follow will be performed at nominal voltage of the
coils.The cabling shall be effectively done.Note thevoltage supply value and order phase numbering to the motor termi-nals of the mechanism.
Measurements TO PROCEED ERECTION MEASURE APPARATUS’ RESISTANCES (see...31--401).
Various inspections Check that the following items are working correctly :
-- heating,
-- connections on terminals (no excessive tightening).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 170/274
Commissioning
Pre--commissioning inspections
G34--001EN046/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Test operations of disconnector(s) (if applicable)
Introduction The measurement values demanded hereafter are to be taken during the test
and inspection programme prior to commissioning and checked with the val-ues of the “ acceptance criteria” and checking points end of this sheet, thenentered in the pre-commissioning test report (RES..., see summary for refer-ence) which should then be sent for approval to ALSTOM Grid S.A. Cus-tomer Service.If, however, the values do not conform with those foreseen in the acceptationcriteria or general characteristics, contact ALSTOM Grid S.A. CustomerService.
Closing time Measure, on each pole, the time lapse between current emission in the coilof the closing contactor of the disconnector and the moment when
contacts touch in the pole.
Opening time Measure, on each pole, the time lapse between current emission in the dis-connector opening electro-magnet and the moment when contacts separatein the pole.
Locking by means oflocks
Check that all keys required for locking are present.Check that the locking functions of disconnector and earthing switch(es) areoperating correctly, in accordance with the interlocking diagram, at both ope-ning and closing of apparatus.
Position signalisation Check thatdisconnector position indicators areoperatingcorrectly on themi-mic diagram.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 171/274
Commissioning
Pre--commissioning inspections
G34--001EN047/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparing for resumption of service
Preparing for re-
sumption of service-- Re-install cover and sun visor (where applicable), see module : “Connec-tion with preparation of contact surfaces”.
-- Check cover tightness if the enclosure is under pressure.
-- Re-energize electrical power and monitoring control circuits (motor powersupply, heating, lighting).
-- Open all the HV apparatus of the bay by means of local operating mecha-nism.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 172/274
Commissioning
Pre--commissioning inspections
G34--001EN048/8
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Finish
Subject D This subject of this document is to describe the sequence of repair proce-dures necessary to correct any surface damage to the paint on the GCBenclosure.
D It is not in the realms of the procedure to details repair to the enclosureitself. The supervisor on site is to determine the severity of the damage to theGCB enclosure (aluminium alloy). This procedure covers damage fom smallscratch’s and scuffs. Greater damage than this would require the interventionof a site inspector.
Used products D Alcohol isopropanol.
D Paint PU780 (FARBATHANNE NF) (colour RAL 9006).
D Paintbrush.
D Emery paper.
D Not supplied : Cleaning rags, and gloves.
Process INSPECTION AND CLEAN :
D Once it has been determined that the damage is limited to only surfaceabrasion of the paint, the area of the damage will require cleaning and prepa-ration.
D Any mud, dirt orgrease must be removed from aroundthe areato berepai-
red.
D Mud and dirt can be cleaned and wiped off with wet rags and/or a sponge.Grease will need to be removed with alcohol. Once complete, leavefor a shorttime to dry. Wipe down with a clean rag.
D Use the emery paper to clean up the damaged area.
D Wipe away metal dust with a clean rag.
PAINTING :Open the pot of paint, stir if necessary, if the product has been in storage for
a long period of time.
Using the paintbrush, apply an even coat of paint over the damaged area.Paint an area slightly larger than the damaged area, covering all the surfacetouched by the emery cloth. Thus ensuring a good coverage of the exposedarea.
It have been determined that under normal circumstances one coat of paintis all that is necessary. Should the client require it a second coat of paint maybe added. To this end please refer to the details printed on the paint pot con-cerning drying times between paint applications.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 173/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICECOMMISSIONING TEST REPORT
RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO
Service QualitéQuality Department
Servicio de calidad Formulaire RES 337 Page / Página :1/17
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
DISJONCTEUR D’ALTERNATEURSF6 GENERATOR CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE FKG1N/1F/1X/1X-V/1X-P/1X-W
à commande mécanique FK3.12
INTERRUPTOR DE MACHINA EN SF6 TIPO
et sectionneurand disconnector SKG MKG(1) MKG(2) IKGy seccionador
avec commande(s) électriques(s) type / with electrical control mechanism(s) type / con organo(s) de maniobra electrica tipo : CMK
CLIENT / CUSTOMER / CLIENTE ________________ Poste/Substation/Subestación __________________
Référence cl ient /Customer’s reference/ Referencia del cliente _____________________________
Commande ALSTOM N° Repère ALSTOM order N° _______________ Item _______________ N° de pedido ALSTOM Ref
Norme Spécification du clientStandard _______________ Customer’s specification _______________ Norma Especificación del cliente
CARACTÉRISTIQUES/CHARACTERISTICS/CARACTERISITICAS
Tension/Voltage/ Tensión ________ kV Fréquence/Frequency/ Frecuencia ________ Hz
Courant en service continu /Normal current/ Corriente en servicio continuo ________ A
Pouvoir de coupure en court-circuit/Short-circuit breaking current/ Poder de corte en corto circuito ________ kA
Pression absolue du gaz SF6 à Pression relative du gaz SF6 à Absolute SF6 gas pressure at 20°C ______ MPa Relative SF6 gas pressure at 20°C and 1013 hPa ____ MPa
Presión absoluta del gas SF6 à Presión relativa del gas SF6 àTension d’alimentation des circuits auxiliaires/Supply voltage of auxiliary circuits/Tensión de alimentación de los circuitos auxiliares
Bobin es Moteur ChauffageCoils ________ V(____) Motor ________ V(____) Heater ________ V(____)Bobinas Motor Calefación
Signalisation Circuit de commande Alarm ________ V(____) Control circuit ________ V(____)Señalización Circuito de mando
Cablage alimentations / Supply voltage wiring Définitif/ definitive
Temporaire/ Temporary
Le matériel a subi les contrôles et essais avant mise en service, conformément au fascicule (contrôles avant mise enservice).The material was subjected to the inspections and tests prior to commissioning as required in sections (inspections commissioning).El material fue sometido a las inspecciones y a los ensayos antes de la puesta en servicio como requerido en las secciones(inspecciones antes de la puesta en servicio).
Date de fin de montageErection completion date _____________ Fecha de conclusion de montaje
Réalisé parPerformed by _____________ Realizado por
Pour le clientFor the customer _____________ Para el cl iente
Date des essais de mise en serviceCommissioning date _______________ Fecha de puebras para puesta en servicio
Réalisés parPerformed by _____________ Realizado por
Pour le clientFor the customer _____________ Para el cl iente
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 174/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 2/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
CONTRÔLE PRÉLIMINAIRES AVANT INSTALLATIONPRELIMINARY INSPECTIONS BEFORE INSTALLATIONINSPECCIÓNES PRELIMINARES ANTES DE LA INSTALACIÓN
Constat sur le siteVerification at site
Verificación en el sitioOrgane de manœuvreOperating mechanismOrgano de maniobra
__________État des emballagesCondition of packings
Condición de los embalajes
Élément de pôlePole elementElemento de polo
__________
Sous abriUnder shelter Al abrigo
__________
CorrecteSatisfactoryCorrecto
__________ Réalisation du stockageStorage Almacenamiento
DéfectueuseUnsactisfactoryDefectuoso
__________
Al imentation du chauffage des commandesHeating system supply of mechanisms Alimentación del calentamiento de los mandos
__________
Vérification de la présence de la pression SF6 de transportChecking of transport SF6 pressureComprobación de la presión de SF6 de transporte
__________
Observations – Remarks – Observaciones
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 175/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 3/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
IDENTIFICATIONIDENTIFICATIONIDENTIFICACIÓN
PôlePolePolo
N° de sérieSerial numberSerial numero
Rep .. / ..
P 1 _______________ __________ / 1
P 2 _______________ __________ / 2
P 3 _______________ __________ / 3
P1 : pôle situé juste derrière les organes de manœuvrepole juste behind operating mechanismsprimer polo detrás de los organos de maniobra
P3 : pôle situé à l’opposé des organes de manœuvrepole at the opposite of operating mechanismsúltimo polo detrás de los organos de maniobra
MONTAGE SUR SITE DU DISJONCTEUR ASSEMBLY OF THE CIRCUIT BREAKER ON SITEMONTAJE DEL INTERRUPTOR EN EL SITIO
Contrôle du génie civil, vérifi cations à l’aide d’une lunette de visée.Civil works inspection using sighting gear.Control de ingenier í a civil con un teodolito.
Contrôle des entraxes du jeu de barres.
Check the distances between busbars axles.
Controlar de las distancias entre ejes de juegos de barras .
Planéité du génie civil.
Flatness of the civil engineering structures.
Planeidad de la ingenier í a civil .
Tolérance ± 1mm, util isation de câles maxi 15mm.Tolerance ± 1mm, using shims maxi 15mm.Tolerance ± 1mm, utilizaci ón de calas maxi 15mm.
Fixation au sol et vérification de la planéité.
Fixing to the ground and flatness checks.
Fijaci ón al piso y verification de la planeidad.
Tolérance ± 1mm, utilisation de câles.Tolerance ± 1mm, using shims.
Tolerance ± 1mm, utilizaci ón de calas.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 176/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 4/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
VÉRIFICATION APRÈS MONTAGE
CHECKS AFTER ERECTIONCOMPROBACIÓN DESPUÈS INSTALACIÓN
Schéma de câblageWiring diagram ________________ Esquema de alambrado
Croquis de mon tage Assembly drawing ________________ Dibujo de instalación
Conformité croquis montageConformity to instalation drawing ____________ Conformidad con dibujo de montaje
Conformité schéma fil erieConformity to wiring diagram ________________ Conformidad con esquema de alambrado
Vérification de l’assemblageVérification of assembly ________________ Comprobación del montaje
Conformité signalisation optiqueConfomity of optical indication ________________ Conformidad de la señalización optica
Schéma de principeElementary diagram ________________ Esquema de principio
Relevé du compteur de manœuvreavant essais de fonctionnement mécanique _____Counter reading before mechanical operating testsLectura del contador de maniobraantes de los ensayos de functionamiento mecánico
Le matériel a été inspecté et monté confo rmément aux fascicules de la noticeThe material was subjected to the inspections and mounting operations as required in manual and prior to commissioning.El material fue inspeccionado y montado antes de la puesta en servicio como requerido en las secciones (inspecciones antes de la puesta en servicio).
Date de fin de montageErection completion date __________ Fecha de conclusion de montaje
Réalisé parPerformed by ______________________ Realizado por
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 177/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 5/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
ESSAIS DE TENUE À LA TENSION DES CIRCUITS AUXILIAIRES ET DE COMMANDEVOLTAGE WITHSTAND TESTS ON AUXILIARY AND CONTROL CIRCUITSENSAYOS DE TENSIÓN SOPORTADA DE LOS CIRCUITOS AUXLIARES Y DE MANDO
Appareil de mesure – test equipment N° de série – serial number Calibration date Observations
Appl ication d’une tension d’essai de kV (valeur ef ficace) pendant s, entre la f il erie et le bât i. Application of a test voltage of ________ kV (rms value) for ____ s, between wiring and the base.
Aplicación de una tensión de ensayo de kV, (valor eficaz) durante s, entre la cableria y la base.
Les moteurs et les équipements, déjà essayés con formément à leur propre spécification, ont étédéconnectés pendant ces essais.The motors and equipments tested previously in accordance with their own specification weredisconnected during these tests.Los motores y equipos sometidos anteriormente a ensayos de acuerdo con sus especificaciones propiasfueron desconnectados durante estos ensayos.
MESURAGE DE LA RÉSISTANCE DU CIRCUIT PRINCIPALMEASUREMENT OF THE RESISTANCE OF THE MAIN CIRCUITMEDICIÓN DE LA RESISTENCIA DEL CIRCUITO PRINCIPAL
Appareil de mesure – test equipment N° de série – serial number Calibration date Observations
Courant continu d’essai Température au moment des essaisTest direct current 100 A Temperature at testing time ________ °CCorriente continua de ensayo Temperatura al momento de las pruebas
Valeurs en / Values in / Valores en : µ
PôleP1
Polo
PôleP2
Polo
PôleP3
Polo
FKG ________ ________ ________
SKG ________ ________ ________
Combiné (FKG + SKG) ________ ________ ________
MKG (1) ________ ________ ________
MKG (2) ________ ________ ________
IKG ________ ________ ________
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 178/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 6/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
VÉRIFICATION DE LA PRESSION DU GAZGAS PRESSURE CHECK MPa COMPROBACIÒN DE LA PRESIÒN DEL GAS
Appareil de mesure – test equipment N° de série – serial number Calibration date Observations
Al ti tude Pression barométr ique Température Altitude ______ m Barometric pressure ______ hPa Temperature ______ °C
Altitud Presión barométrica Temperatura
Pression absolue / Absolu te pressure / Pressión absoluta
Mesurage de la pression de remplissageFilling pressure measurementMedición de la presión de llenado
______
Valeur calculée équivalente à 20°C en MPa absolueEquivalent computed values at 20°C in MPa absoluteValores computados equivalentes para 20°C en MPa absolutos
______
Pression relative / relative pressure / Pressión relativa At 20°C and 1013 hPa
Mesurage de la pression de remplissageFilling pressure measurement
Medición de la presión de llenado ______
Valeur calculée équivalente en MPaEquivalent computed values in MPaValores computados equivalentes en MPa
______
Observations – Remarks – Observaciones
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 179/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 7/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
CONTRÔLE DU DENSIMÈTRE DE SURVEILLANCE DE LA PRESSION DE SF6 (pression relat ive en Mpa)SF6 GAS PRESSURE MONITORING DENSIMETER INSPECTION (relative pressure in Mpa)COMPROBACIÓN DEL DENSIMETRO DE VIGILANCIA DE LA PRESIÓN DE SF6(pression relativa en Mpa)
Température Pression barométrique Temperature ________ °C Barometric pressure ________ hPaTemperatura Presión barométrica
Unité de mesure de pression des seuils :Thresholds pressures measurement unit : MPa
Unità de medición de las presiones de los umbrales :
1er seuil
1st threshold
1e umbral
2me
seuil (voie 1)2
nd threshold (way 1)2
e umbral (via 1)
2me
seuil (voie 2)2
nd threshold (way 2)2
e umbral (via 2)
________ ________ ________
________ ________ ________
Pression mesuréeMeasured pressurePresione medicion
________ ________ ________
________ ________ ________
________ ________ ________
Pression ramenée à et
Resultant pressure at 1013 hPa and 20°CPresión corespondiante para y
________ ________ ________
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 180/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 8/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
ESSAIS DE FONCTIONNEMENT MÉCANIQUE DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENTMECHANICAL OPERATING TESTS OPERATING TIMES msENSAYOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO MECÁNICO TIEMPO DE OPERACIÓN
Appareil de mesure – test equipment N° de série – serial number Calibration date Observations
Tension d’alimentation sur le site.Supplyvoltage on site ____ V(____)Tensión de alimentación sobre el sitio
PôleP1
Polo
PôleP2
Polo
PôleP3
Polo
Avec c ont acteurWith contactorCon contactor
c _____ _____ _____Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre Sans contacteur
Without contactorSin contactor
sc _____ _____ _____
voie 1way 1via 1
c _____ _____ _____Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura voie 1
way 1
via 1
sc _____ _____ _____
voie 2way 2via 2
c _____ _____ _____Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura voie 2
way 1via 1
sc _____ _____ _____
C _____ _____ _____Cycle de manœuvre de fermeture-ouvertureClose-open operating cycle : COCiclo de maniobras de cierre-apertura
O _____ _____ _____
Durée de fermeture-ouvertureClose-open timeTiempo de cierre-apertura
_____ _____ _____
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 181/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 9/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
MESURAGE DES ÉCARTS DE SIMULTANÉITÉCOINCIDENCE DEVIATION MEASUREMENT msDICIÓN DE LAS DIFFERENCIAS DE SIMULTANEIDAD
FermetureClosingCierre
______
Ouverture voie 1Opening way 1
Apertura via 1 ______
Entre pôlesBetween poles
Entre polosOuverture voie 2Opening way 2 Apertura via 2
______
MESURAGE DES DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENT DES CONTACTS AUXILIAIRESMEASUREMENT OF AUXILIARY CONTACT OPERATING DURATIONS msMEDICIÓN DE DURACIONES DE FUNCIONAMIENTO DE LOS CONTACTOS AUXILIARES
Type de contactContact type
Tipo de contacto
ms
52 b ______ Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre 52a ______
52b ______ Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52a ______
MESURAGE DES DURÉES DE RÉARMEMENT DE L’ORGANE DE COMMANDEMEASUREMENT OF OPERATING MECHANISM RECLOSING DURATIONS sMEDICIÓN DE DURACIONES DE REARME DEL ORGANO DE MANIOBRA
Durée de réarmement après un CReclosing duration after one CDuración de rearme despues de una C
______
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 182/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 10/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
SKG – MKG (1 & 2) – IKG
ESSAIS DE FONCTIONNEMENT MÉCANIQUE DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENTMECHANICAL OPERATING TESTS OPERATING TIMES sENSAYOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO MECÁNICO TIEMPO DE OPERACIÓN
Tension d’alimentation sur le siteSupply voltage on site ______ V ______ Tensión de alimentación sobre el sitio
SKG
Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre
______
Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura
______
MKG (1)
Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre
______
Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura
______
MKG (2)
Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operation
Maniobra de cierre ______
Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura
______
IKG
Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre
______
Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura
______
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 183/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 11/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
SKG – MKG (1 & 2) – IKG
ESSAIS DE FONCTIONNEMENT MÉCANIQUE DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENT DES CONTACTS AUXILIAIRESMECHANICAL OPERATING TESTS OPERATING TIMES AUXILIARY CONTACTENSAYOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO MECÁNICO TIEMPO DE OPERACIÓN DE LOS CONTACTOS AUXILIARES
Type de contactContact type
Tipo de contacto
Durée Duration
Duración 52 a ______
SKG
Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre 52 b ______
52 a ______ Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52 b ______
52 a ______
MKG (1)
Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre
52 b ______
52 a ______ Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52 b ______
52 a ______
MKG (2)
Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre 52 b ______
52 a ______ Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52 b ______
52 a ______
IKG
Manœuvre de fermetureClosing operationManiobra de cierre 52 b ______
52 a ______ Manœuvre d’ouvertureOpening operationManiobra de apertura 52 b ______
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 184/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 12/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
POSITION DU TUBE DE CONTACT PAR RAPPORT À LA COUPURE ALIMENTATION ÉLECTRIQUECONTACT TUBE POSITION WHEN POWER SUPPLY SWITCHED OFFPOSITIÓN DEL TUBO DE CONTACTO AL CORTE DE LA PROVISIÓN ELECTRICA
Pôle/Pole/ Polo Pôle/Pole/Polo Pôle/Pole/Polo 1 2 3
critère/criteria/criterio :Fermeture côté fixeClosing fixed contact side ______ mm ______ mm ______ mm (10,6 mm – 18,6 mm)Cierre lado del contacto fijo
Fermeture côté mobileClosing mobile contact side ______ mm ______ mm ______ mm (20,4 mm – 28,4 mm)Cierre lado del contacto mobil
MESURE EN FERMETURE / MEASUREMENT ON CLOSING OPERATION / MEDIDA EN CIERRE
côté mobile/mobile side/lado mobil côté fixe/fixed side/lado fijo
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 185/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 13/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
VÉRIFICATIONS DIVERSESVARIOUS CHECKINGSCOMPROBACIÓNES DIVERSAS
Dispositif d’anti-pompage
Anti-pumping device
Dispositivo de anti-bombeo
Ouverture de secours
Emergency opening
Apertura de emergencia
Fermeture localemécanique/électrique
Local closing mechanical/electrical
Cierre local mecánico/electrico
Ouverture locale mécanique/électrique
Local opening mechanical/electrical
Apertura local mecánico/electrico
Fermeture à distance
Remote closing
Cierre à distancia
Ouverture à distance
Remote opening
Apertura à distancia
Chauffage thermostaté
Thermostated heating
Calefacción con termostats
Signalisation défaut SF6 1er seuil
SF6 fault indication – 1st thereshold
Señalisación de falta de SF6 1o umbral
Chauffage permanent
Permanent heating
Calefacción permanente
Signalisation défaut SF6 2nd seuil
SF6 fault indication – 2nd
thereshold
Señalisación de falta de SF6 2o umbralSerrage des bornes BT
Tightening of LV terminals
Apriete de las terminales BT
Peinture des gaines (si applicable)
Painting of enclosures (if applicable)
Pintura de las envolturas (si aplicable)
Séquence de fonctionnement
Operating sequence
Secuencia de maniobra
Contrôle de l’étanchéité SF6 des assemblages
SF6 tightness testing of assemblies
Comprobación de estanqueidad SF6 de losmontajes
Relevé du compteur de manœuvreReading of operating counterLectura de contadore de maniobra
________
OBSERVATIONS – REMARKS – OBSERVACIONES
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 186/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 14/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
PRINCIPE DE SURVEILLANCE DU SYSTEME DE VENTILATION.
MONITORING PRINCIPLE OF THE VENTILATION SYSTEM.
PRINCIPIO DE VIGILANCIA DEL SISTEMA DE VENTILACION.
Vérification du pr incipe de surveillance du système de ventilation hélicoidale et centrifuge.
Verification of monitoring principle of the ventilation system for axial flow fans and centrifugal fans.
Verification de principio de vigilancia del sistema de ventilation helicoidal y centrifuga.
Réglage des relais de surveillance seuil de courant. Adjustment of monitoring threshold current relays. Ajuste de los relès del umbras de corriente.
Pôle1/Pole1/ Polo1
Relais/Relays/Relè KA10 %
Relais/Relays/Relè KA11 %
Relais/Relays/Relè KA15 %
Pôle2/Pole2/ Polo2
Relais/Relays/Relè KA30 %
Relais/Relays/Relè KA31 %
Relais/Relays/Relè KA35 %
Pôle3/Pole3/ Polo3
Relais/Relays/Relè KA50 %
Relais/Relays/Relè KA51 %
Relais/Relays/Relè KA55 %
Relevé du compteur de manœuvreReading of operating counterLectura de contadore de maniobra
________
OBSERVATIONS – REMARKS – OBSERVACIONES
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 187/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 15/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
CONTRÔLE DES TRANSFORMATEURS DE TENSIONCHECK OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
CONTROL DE LOS TRANSFORMADORES DE TENSIÓN
Après tous les contrôles de foncti onnement, relever et noter les n° d’identi fication fournisseur et n° de sér ie.
After all the mechanical operating tests, take and write down the supplier identification number and sérial number.Despues de todos los controles de funccionamiento, anotar los numeros de identificacion del provedor y numeros de serie.
Côté fixe (côté transformateur)Fixed part side (transformer side)Contacto fixo (lado transformator)
Côté mobile (côté générateur)Mobile part side (generator side)Contacto mobilo (lado generador)
P1
N° _____________
TP1VT1
TP2VT2
TP1VT1
TP2VT2
Identification fournisseurSupplier numberNumero provedor
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
Numéro de sérieSérial numberNumero serie
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
P2
N° _____________
TP1VT1
TP2VT2
TP1VT1
TP2VT2
Identification fournisseurSupplier numberNumero provedor
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
Numéro de sérieSérial numberNumero serie
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
P3
N° _____________
TP1VT1
TP2VT2
TP1VT1
TP2VT2
Identification fournisseurSupplier numberNumero provedor
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
Numéro de sérieSérial numberNumero serie
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
_______________ _______________
NB : TP1/VT1 : montés à gauche, vus de l’extérieur de la gaine (en se plaçant du même côté que les équipements en question)put on the left, seen from outside the enclosure (when watching from the same side than mentioned equipments)instalados a la izquierda, mirando del exterior de la envoltura (poniense del mismo lado de los dichos equipos)
TP2/VT2 : montés à droite, vus de l’extérieur de la gaine (en se plaçant du même côté que les équipements en question)put on yhe right, seen from outside the enclosure (when watching from the same side than mentioned equipments)instalados a la derecha, mirando del exterior de la envoltura (poniense del mismo lado de los dichos equipos)
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 188/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 16/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
Mettre un * si TP doubles montés en parallèle au primaire et série au secondairePut a * if dual VT intalled with primary in parrallel and secondary in serialPoner un *si transformador de Tension doble en parallelo al primario y en serie al segundario.
CONTRÔLE DU CÂBLAGE DES TRANSFORMATEURS DE TENSIONCHECK OF VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER WIRINGCONTROL DEL CABLEADO DE LOS TRANSFORMADORES DE TENSIÓN
Contrôle selon instruction ALSTOM réf. QDA 20 095Test procedure according ALSTOM doc. ref. QDA 20 095Controles seg ńa procedura ALSTOM ref QDA 20 095
Tension primaire (bornes A, N):Primary voltage (terminals A, N) ______ VoltTensión del primario (bornas A, N)
Tension secondaire/tertiaireSecondary / tertiary voltage ______ VoltTensión del segundario/terciario
Côté transformateur /Transformer sideLado del transformador
Côté générateur /generator sideLado del generador
VT1 VT2 VT1 VT2
Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3Calcul ratio transformateur de tension / Transformer ratio calculation/cálculo relación transformador de tensión secondaire /secondary/segundario N1
(bornes1a, 1n ou a, n) /(terminals 1a, 1n or a, n) /(bornas 1a, 1n o a, n) secondaire /secondary/segundario N2
(bornes 2a, 2n) /(terminals 2a, 2n) /(bornas 2a, 2n) tertiaire /tertiary/terciaro
(bornes da, dn)(terminals da, dn)
(bornas da, dn) Mesure tensions secondaire/tertiaire / Secondary/tertiary voltage measurement / Medida segundario/terciaro secondaire /secondary/segundario N1
(bornes1a, 1n ou a, n) /(terminals 1a, 1n or a, n) /(bornas 1a, 1n o a, n) secondaire /secondary/segundario N2
(bornes 2a, 2n) /(terminals 2a, 2n) /(bornas 2a, 2n)
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 189/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum69611 Villeurbanne
France
_______________ / _______________
Service Qualité RAPPORT D’ESSAIS AVANT MISE EN SERVICE Page Quality Department COMMISSIONING TEST REPORT 17/17
Servicio de calidad RELACIÓN DE ENSAYOS ANTES DE LA PUESTA EN SERVICIO Página
EB3 90 020-D24 RES 337 003 28/03/2011N° d’Instruction Indice Date de révision
Côté transformateur /Transformer sideLado del transformador
Côté générateur /generator sideLado del generador
VT1 VT2 VT1 VT2
Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3 Pole1 Pole 2 Pole 3
tertiaire /tertiary/terciaro
(bornes da, dn)(terminals da, dn)(bornas da, dn)
Cas des enroulements tertiaires cablés en série / Case of tertiary windings connected in series /Caso de los arrollamientos terciaros cableados en serie
Tension entre borne dn
pôle 1 et borne dn pôle 3(valeur égale à cellemesurée sur chaquetertiaire)Voltage between terminaldn pole 1 and terminal dnpole 3 (value equal to thevalue measured on eachtertiary)Tensión entre borna dn polo 1 y borna dn polo 3(valor identico al medidoen cada terciario)Tension entre borne dnpôle 1 et borne da pôle 3(valeur égale à zéro)Voltage between terminaldn pole 1 and terminal dapole 3 (value equal tozero)Tensión entre borna dn polo 1 y borna da polo 3(valor igual a cero))
Comparaison valeurs mesurées avec ratio caculéComparison between the measured values and the calculated ratioComparación de los valores medidos con la relación calculada.
Valeurs mesurées= valeurs calcu lées ±5%
Measured values : calculaded values ±5%Valores Medidos : valores calculados ±5%
ALSTOM Grid SAS
Société par actions simplifiée au capital de 74.478.096 € Siège social: Immeuble Le Galilée – 51, esplanade du Général de Gaulle 92907 La Défense Cedex (France)
389 191 800 RCS Nanterre
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 190/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum
69611 Villeurbanne
France
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 191/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance
CA 400 321/3 03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 1/5
N° d’Instruction- Instruction Date d’émission- Ist issue Indice- Revision Date de révision Page-Sheet Le présent document est à la propriété de ALSTOM.
Remis à titre confidentiel, il ne peut être communiqué à
des tiers ni utilisé ou reproduit qu’en stricte conformité
d’autorisations expresses préalables.
This document is the sole property of ALSTOM. It is
submitted on a confidential basis and may not be
passed on to third parties, used or reproduced except
in exact accordance with prior express permission.
Este documento es propiedad de ALSTOM. Se entrega
confidencialmente. No puede ser comunicado, utilisado
ni reproducido por terceros si no es en estrica
conformidad con autorizaciones expresas previas.
Critère d'AcceptationACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
CRITERIOS DE ACEPTACIÓN
QUALITÉ – QUALITY - CALIDAD
ÉMETTEUR - EMISOR : QUALITE MONTAGEQUALITY DEPARTEMENT SERVICIO CALIDAD 04/06/2011
N° CRITÈRE D’ACCEPTATIONACCEPTANCE CRITERIA NUMBER N° DE CRITERIO DE ACEPTACIÓN CA 400 321/3INDICE : 006
OBJET - TITLE :DISJONCTEUR FKG1X / XP / XV / XW A COMMANDE MECANIQUE FK3.12 - MONTAGE SITECIRCUIT BREAKER FKG1X / XP/ XV/ XW WITH SPRING MECHANISM FK3.12– SITE ERECTION DISYUNTOR MECANISMO FKG1X / XP / XV / XW CON RESORTES FK3.12 – MONTAJE EN EL SITO
- DESTINATAIRES - EXEMPLARIES :
REOCREUX Alain
ATTENCIA Bernard
THION René
GIL Véronique
VENARD Pierre
CHEVALIER helene
FARIS marc
Pas de poste OPM en diffusion
Rédacteur(s) :
Drafter visa Firma redactor RENON Patrick
Approbateur(s) :
Approver visa Firma de aprobación
JACQUIER Frank
Vérificateur(s) :
Supervisor visa Firma de verificación
ASTIC Yves
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 192/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance
CA 400 321/3 03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 2/5
N° d’Instruction- Instruction Date d’émission- Ist issue Indice- Revision Date de révision Page-Sheet
VALIDITÉ – VALIDITY - VALIDEZ
DISJONCTEUR - CIRCUIT BREAKER – DISYUNTOR : FKG1X / XP / XV / XW
PRESSION SF6 - SF6 PRESSURE – PRESIÓN DE SF6 : Pre : 0,85 à 0,95 MPa (absolue)
COMMANDE : MÉCANIQUE FK3.12MECHANISM : SPRING MECHANISM FK3.12 MECANISMO : MECANISMO CON RESORTES FK3.12
DÉFINITION DES DURÉES
DURÉE DE FERMETURE :Intervalle de temps entre l'instantde mise sous tension du circuit defermeture et l 'instant où lescontacts se touchent dans tous lespôles.
DURÉE D'OUVERTURE : Intervallede temps entre l'instant de mise soustension du déclencheur et l'instant dela séparation des contacts d'arc surtous les pôles (ou des contacts dusimulateur commandés par lacharge fictive).
DURÉE DE FERMETURE-OUVERTURE : Intervalle de tempsentre l'instant où les contacts setouchent dans le premier pôlependant une manoeuvre defermeture, et l'instant où les contactsd'arc sont séparés dans tous lespôles pendant la manoeuvred'ouverture qui lui fait suite.
ÉCART DE SIMULTANÉITÉ ENTREPÔLES : Pour la même manoeuvre,différence de temps maximale entre
les instants où les contacts de pôlesse touchent à la fermeture etdifférence de temps maximale entreles instants de séparation descontacts des pôles à l'ouverture.
TIME DEFINITION
CLOSING TIME : Interval of time between energizing the closing circuit and the instant when the contacts touch in all poles.
OPENING TIME : Interval of time between the instant of energizing the opening release and the instant when the arcing contacts have separated in all poles (or simulator contacts controled by the dummy load).
CLOSE OPEN TIME : Interval of time between the instant when the contacts touch in the first pole during a closing operation, and the instant when the arcing contacts have separated in all poles during the subsequent opening operation.
DEVIATION BETWEEN POLES : For the same operation maximum deviation between the instants
when the poles contacts touch during the closing operation and maximum deviation between the instants when the poles contacts are separated during the opening operation.
DEFINICION DE TIEMPO
TIEMPO DE CIERRE : Intervalo de tiempo entre la energización del circuito de cierre y el momento en que los contactos se tocan en todos los polos.
TIEMPO DE ABERTURA : Intervalo de tiempo entre el momento en que se energiza la desconexión de abertura y el momento en que los contactos de arco se separan en todos los polos.
TIEMPO DE CIERRE - ABERTURA Intervalo de tiempo entre el momento en que los contactos tocan el primer polo durante una operación de cierre y el momento en que los contactos de arco se han separado en todos los polos durante la operación de abertura subsiguiente.
DIFERENCIA DE SIMULTANEIDAD ENTRE POLOS : Para la misma maniobra, diferencia de tiempo
máxima entre los instantes del encuentro de los contactos de los polos al cierre y diferencia de tiempo máxima entre los instantes de separación de los contactos de los polos al abertura.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 193/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance
CA 400 321/3 03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 3/5
N° d’Instruction- Instruction Date d’émission- Ist issue Indice- Revision Date de révision Page-Sheet
DURÉES DE FONCTIONNEMENT (en ms à tension assignée)MECHANICAL OPERATING TIMES (in ms at rated voltage) TIEMPOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO MECANICA (en ms a la tensión nominal )
DURÉES DES CHAMBRES - TIMINGS OF CHAMBERS – TEMPORIZACIONES DE CAMARAS
MANOEUVRE – OPERATION - OPERACIÓN MinimumMínimo
MaximumMáximo
Fermeture – Closing- Cierre 85 100Ouverture O1 - Opening O1 – Abertura ( bobina de disparo 1 ) 46 54Ouverture O2 - Opening O2– Abertura ( bobina de disparo 2 ) 46 54Ouverture O2 par bobine à minimum de tension
Opening O2 with minimum voltage coil – Abertura A2 con bobina a mínimo de tensión 57 83
RE 3000Fermeture par relais - Closing with relay Cierre con relé Allen Bradley 102 122
RE 3000Ouverture par relais - Opening with relay Abertura con relé Allen Bradley 62 76Fermeture de CO - Closing of CO - Cierre de CA 85 100Ouverture de CO - Opening of CO –Abertura de CA 72 87CO - CA 73 100
DURÉES DES CONTACTS AUXILIAIRES (en ms à tension assignée)TIMINGS OF AUXILIARY CONTACTS (in ms at rated voltage) TEMPORIZACIONES DE CONTACTO AUXILIARES (en ms a la tensión nominal)
TYPE DE CONTACT - MANOEUVRETYPE CONTACT – OPERATION TIPO DE CONTACTO - OPERACIÓN
MinimumMínimo
MaximumMáximo
Type a / Tipo a /Ouverture -Opening - Abertura) . 33 49Type b / Tipo b / Ouverture -Opening- Abertura 45 61
Type a / Tipo a /Fermeture de CO -Closing of CO - Cierre de CA 90 114Type b/ Tipo b /Fermeture de CO -Closing of CO - Cierre de CA 69 93Type a/ Tipo a /Ouverture de CO -Opening of CO - Abertura de CA 58 82Type b / Tipo b /Ouverture de CO -Opening of CO - Abertura de CA 74 92
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 194/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance
CA 400 321/3 03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 4/5
N° d’Instruction- Instruction Date d’émission- Ist issue Indice- Revision Date de révision Page-Sheet
ÉCART ENTRE POLES (en ms à tension assignée)DEVIATIONS BETWEEN POLES (in ms at rated voltage) DESVIACIONES ENTRE POLOS (en ms a la tensión nominal )
MANOEUVREOPERATION
MaximumMàximo
Fermeture – Closing - Cierre 2.7Ouverture – Opening - Abertura 1.5
DURÉE DE REARME FK3.12 (en s à tension assignée)CHARGING TIME FK3.12 (in s at rated voltage) TIEMPO DE CARGA DEL RESORTES FK3.12 (en s a la tensión nominal)
Tension Moteur en VMotor Voltage in V
Tensión motor en V
MaximumMàximo
Toutes – all - todos 12
DURÉE DE FONCTIONNEMENT IKG – MKG - SKG (en s à tension assignée)
MECHANICAL OPERATING TIMES IKG – MKG - SKG (in s at rated voltage) TIEMPOS DE FUNCIONAMIENTO IKG – MKG - SKG (en s a la tensión nominal)
Maximum - Máximo Tension Moteur en VMotor Voltage in V
Tensión motor en V Fermeture – Closing - Cierre Ouverture – Opening - Abertura
toutes – all - todos 9.5 9.5
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 195/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS130, rue Léon Blum69611 VilleurbanneFrance
CA 400 321/3 03/10/2006 006 04/06/2011 5/5
N° d’Instruction- Instruction Date d’émission- Ist issue Indice- Revision Date de révision Page-Sheet
RESISTANCE DE CONTACT DU CIRCUIT PRINCIPAL(en
sous courant continu de 100A minimum)MAIN CIRCUIT RESISTANCE (in with a 100A direct current)
RESISTANCIA DEL CIRCUITO PRINCIPAL (en con corriente continua de 100 A mínimo)
MaximumMáximo
Pôle complet sans connexion - Complete pole without connection/ Polo completo sin conexión 4.4
Sectionneur - Disconnector - Seccionador 4
Combiné FKG avec connexionGenerator circuit breaker FKG with connection
Conjunto con conexión
8.4
80 KA 3s100 KA 1s
29
100 KA 3s120 KA 1s
26
Sectionneur de terre complet – Complete earthing disconnector Seccionador de tierra completo
160 KA 1s 32
Sectionneur de démarrage complet – Complete starting disconnector Seccionador de arranque completo 30
ALSTOM Grid SASSociété par actions simplifiée au capital de 74.478.096 €
Siège social: Immeuble Le Galilée – 51, esplanade du Général de Gaulle 92907 La Défense Cedex (France)
389 191 800 RCS Nanterre
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 196/274
GRID
ALSTOM Grid SAS
130, rue Léon Blum
69611 Villeurbanne
France
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 197/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN071/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction FKG1 circuit--breakers use pure SF6 gas as an arc quenching medium and
require only a reduced amount of maintenance.
Warning Hazard of asphyxiationWhenever entering confined spaces there is a danger of death or seriousinjury by asphyxiation.
D Make sure the confined spaces are properly ventilated before personnelenter.
D Make sure a person outside of the confined space supervises the work.
D Obey the look--out/tag--out and permit to work procedures.
D Make sure escape routes are available and not blocked.
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Maintenance plan of circuit--breaker 2
Maintenance plan of disconnector (if applicable) 3
Maintenance plan of earthing switch (if applicable) 4
Maintenance plan of starting disconnector (if applicable) 5
Maintenance operations of circuit--breaker 6
Maintenance operations of disconnector, earthing switch, and (or)
starting disconnector (where applicable)
8
Isolating the apparatus 9
Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations 10
Detail of maintenance operations of disconnector, earthing switchand (or) starting disconnector (where applicable)
15
Controls of replacement of the mechanical control mechanism 17
Equipment end life cycle 18
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 198/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN072/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Maintenance plan of circuit --breaker(20000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)
Maintenancefrequency
Under normal operating conditions, the maintenance plan of circuit--breakermay be defined as follows :
Type ofexamination
Frequency Comment
Maintenancevisits
Once or twice a year
It is advisable to perform atleast 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus arescarcely used, in order tocheck that the circuit---breaker and associatedcontrol circuits are work-
ing properly.
Inspections Every five years
This necessitates circuit---breaker shutdown. It is notnecessary, however to dis-mantle interrupting chambersand other sub--assemblies.
Overhaul
Perform when one of the fol-lowing criteria is reached :
D operating time ≥ 20 years
D electric wear
D Service life for the motor---driven fans (if applicable) ≥
25,000 hours/fan
However, it is recommendedto proceed with inspection of the pole or circuit--breakerused the most, then to adaptthe maintenance programmefor the other breakersdepending on the resultsobserved.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 199/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN073/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Maintenance plan of disconnector (if applicable)(10000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)
Maintenancefrequency
Under normal operating conditions, the maintenance plan of disconnectormay be defined as follows :
Type ofexamination
Frequency Comment
Maintenancevisits
Once or twice a year
It is advisable to perform atleast 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus arescarcely used, in order tocheck that the disconnec-tor and associated controlcircuits are working prop-
erly.
Inspections Every five years This necessitates disconnec-
tor shutdown.
Overhaul
Perform when one of the fol-lowing criteria is reached :
D operating time ≥ 20 years
However, it is recommendedto proceed with inspection of the pole or disconnector usedthe most, then to adapt themaintenance programme forthe other apparatus depend-ing on the results observed.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 200/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN074/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Maintenance plan of earthing switch (if applicable)(10000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)
Maintenancefrequency
Under normal operating conditions, the maintenance plan of earthing switchmay be defined as follows :
Type ofexamination
Frequency Comment
Maintenancevisits
Once or twice a year
It is advisable to perform atleast 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus arescarcely used, in order tocheck that the earthingswitch and associated con-trol circuits are working
properly.
Inspections Every five years This necessitates apparatus
shutdown.
Overhaul
Perform when one of the fol-lowing criteria is reached :
D operating time ≥ 20 years
However, it is recommendedto proceed with inspection of the pole or earthing switchused the most, then to adaptthe maintenance programmefor the other apparatusdepending on the resultsobserved.
Intervention followinga guaranteed max-imum short--circuit
Under the specific conditions of a guaranteed maximum short--circuit, pro-ceed as below:
Type ofexamination
Frequency Comment
Intervention After a guaranteed
maximum short--circuit
After overhauling theearthing switch, it isrecommended that youcarry out at least 2 C--Ocycles with the aim ofchecking its correct func-tioning.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 201/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN075/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Maintenance plan of starting disconnector (if applicable)(10000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)
Maintenancefrequency
Under normal operating conditions, the maintenance plan of starting discon-nector may be defined as follows :
Type ofexamination
Frequency Comment
Maintenancevisits
Once or twice a year
It is advisable to perform atleast 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus arescarcely used, in order tocheck that the starting dis-connector and associatedcontrol circuits are work-
ing properly.
Inspections Every five years This necessitates apparatus
shutdown.
Overhaul
Perform when one of the fol-lowing criteria is reached :
D operating time ≥ 20 years
However, it is recommendedto proceed with inspection of the pole or starting discon-nector used the most, then toadapt the maintenance pro-gramme for the other appara-tus depending on the resultsobserved.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 202/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN076/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Maintenance operations of circuit --breaker(20000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)
Guide The table below is a guide of the operations to be carried out at each mainte-nance stage :
MAINTENANCE VISITS (1 or 2 times a year)
INSPECTION (every 5 years)
OVERHAUL (OPERATING TIME : 20 years)
OVERHAUL (ELECTRICAL WEAR : see “Electrical wear limits”,module S51--051)
OVERHAUL (MECHANICAL OPERATIONS :10 000 cycles)
REVISION for the ventilation (FKG1XP--XV--XW)(SERVICE LIFE: ≥ 25,000 hours/fan)
` J J J J Operation counter reading.
` J J Overall inspection : appearance (corrosion, paint-
work, signs of overheating).
J J J J Inspect the insulating envelopes of poles.
` J J J J Check the condition of crank lever assembly (axles,
retaining, clips,...).
` J J J J Check operation of permanent heating. Check condi-
tion of air vents.
` J J J Check SF6 pressure, (if the circuit breaker is supplied
with a permanent pressure gauge).
`
It is advisable to perform at least 2 CO duty cycles peryear, when apparatus are scarcely used, in orderto check that circuit--breaker and associated controlcircuits are working properly.
` J J J Check SF6 densimeter thresholds. Then adjust pres-
sure to its rated value.
` J J J Measure operating times of poles and auxiliary con-
tacts, at rated voltage and pressure.
` J J J Measure resistance of main contacts.
J J J Check tightening of parts not subjected to pressure
(frame -- deck -- cubicle).
∗ J J J Check tightening of low voltage terminals (∗ 6 months
after commissioning).J J J Check relay operation.
J J J Check latch operation.
J J J J Carry out operations at recommended duties and
rated voltage.
J J Change doors seals, sidepanels seal and roofs seals.
Legend : (J Compulsory) (` Recommended)
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 203/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN077/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Maintenance operations of circuit --breaker, continued(20000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)
Guide, continued The table below is a guide of the operations to be carried out at each mainte-nance stage :
MAINTENANCE VISITS (1 or 2 times a year)
INSPECTION (every 5 years)
OVERHAUL (OPERATING TIME : 20 years)
OVERHAUL (ELECTRICAL WEAR : see “Electrical wear limits”,module S51--051)
OVERHAUL (MECHANICAL OPERATIONS :10 000 cycles)
REVISION for the ventilation (FKG1XP--XV--XW)(SERVICE LIFE: ≥ 25,000 hours/fan)
J Change (or recondition) interrupting chambers.
J J Change tightness seals of enclosure cover.
` J J Check the condition of capacitors (if applicable).
` ̀ J J Check the condition of current transformers (if appli-
cable).
` J J Check thecondition of potential transformers (if appli-
cable).
` J J Check the condition of lightning arresters (if applica-
ble).
J J J J Check the tightness of C.B. envelope (if busbar is
under pressure).
J Change tightness seals of enclosure cover (if applica-
ble).
J Change the FK3--12 command.
J Change the CB connector rod assy.
` ̀ J J Check the condition of the motor--driven fans (if appli-
cable).
J Change bearing of axial flow fans and centrifugal
fans.
Legend : (J Compulsory) (` Recommended)
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 204/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN078/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Maintenance operations of disconnector, earthing switch, and (or) starting dis-connector (where applicable)(10000 guaranteed mechanical cycles)
Guide The table below is a guide of the operations to be carried out at each mainte-nance stage :
MAINTENANCE VISITS (1 or 2 times a year)
INSPECTION (every 5 years)
OVERHAUL (OPERATING TIME : 20 years)
INTERVENTION ON AN EARTHING SWITCH(following a guaranteed maximum short--circuit)
` J J Check general condition of equipment : visual aspect (corro-sion, paint,...).
` J J Check the condition of crank lever assembly (axles, retaining,clips,...).
` J J Check control mechanism (CMK).
J J Check tightening of elements (frame,cubicle,...).
J J Inspect the insulating supports of poles.
` J Inspect contacts.
` J Measure pole operating times.
` J Measure resistance of main contact.
J Replace the earthing switch
Legend : (J Compulsory) (` Recommended)
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 205/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN079/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Isolating the apparatus
Caution DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ALL POSSIBLE SAFETY PRE-
CAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL WORKINGON THE EQUIPMENT.
Reminder The inspection and overhaul operations described in this section should al-ways be performed with the apparatus isolated, in other words :
D main circuit “de-energized”,
D earthed at extremities rendering it both mechanically,
D electrically inoperative.
Caution IF THESE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS OR THOSE IN FORCE ON THE SITEWHERE EQUIPMENT IS BEING INSTALLED ARE IGNORED, THE PER-SONNEL MAY BE ENDANGERED.
Operations D perform, locally, an opening operation of the circuit-breaker,
D perform, locally, an opening operation of the disconnector,
D Check the open position of the starting disconnector (where applicable),and that the cable(s) connected to its terminals is de-energized and earthed.
D close the earthing switch(es) (where applicable),
D de-energize the monitoring control’s electric circuits,
D earth live parts using the earthing rods, to discharge the capacitor, touchthe main area with an earthing.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 206/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0710/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations
Removing the cover
(if applicable)
During certain operations, removal of the cover is indispensable.
The covers should be placed with enclosures, separately and on a flat surfa-ce.
Caution GAS-PRESSURIZED ELEMENTS ARE EXPOSED TO AIR WHEN THECOVER IS REMOVED.
General conditionof the apparatus
The apparatus should be subjected to visual inspection. If patches of corro-sion are found begin reconditioning of the affected parts.The table below gives the process respecting surface finish and protection :
Support Inspection Action
Galvanizedsteel
Oxidized parts
D Thorough brushing of oxidizedparts.
D Degreasing with solvent.
D Application of a coat of zincpaint.
Paintedgalvanized
steelor
paintedaluminium
alloy
Light scratches
D Thorough degreasing with sol-vent.
D Application of a coat of lacquerusing a brush.
Deep scratchesor flaking
D Scouring of paint surface with
emery paper 400.D Thorough degreasing with solv-ent.
D Application of a coat of primer,then drying for 24 h.
D Application of a coat of polyure-thane lacquer using a brush.
Products used :
D RUMCOAT EEVA primer by DERIVERY ref. 333103.
D Polyurethane lacquer 780by DERIVERY, ref. depending on color of equip-ment.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 207/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0711/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued
Operation counter Read indications given by the counter(s) and note these on the inspection
sheet ”Maintenance visits”.The number of circuit--breaker operations recorded influences future mainte-nance operations.
SF6 pressure gas For a circuit--breaker equipped with a ”dial--type” SF6 gas densimeter, checkthe position of the needle.
See the module “SF6 gas monitoring”.
DILO STAUBLI
NOTE : If observation confirm ”topping up” information, proceed asmodule ”Filling with SF6 gas”, or in the case of abnormally low pres-sure, find the origin of the leak and contact ALSTOM Grid S.A. Cus-tomer.
Operating device Air--vents should be clean, free of dust and unobstructed. If necessary cleanusing a solvent.
Make sure that the permanent resistors areworking properly by checking thatthese give off heat and that there are no overheating marks (a zone notoriousfor this).For thermally controlled resistors, check that energizing and de--energizingtakes place correctly at voltage supply terminals by means of a thermostat(recommended thermostat temperature : +5°C).If necessary, change resistors found to be defective.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 208/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0712/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued
Condition of crontrol
rod system
Check presence and condition of retaining clips and spacer washers on the
axles of the control rod/crank assembly.During all dismantling of the control rod assembly, replace the retaining clipsremoved by new ones of the same type. For correct orientation of clips seesection entitled : “ERECTION”.
Electrical densimeterthresholds
Check the electrical contact SF6 densimeter thresholds.If the values found are outside required tolerances replace the densimeter.
Operating times ofpoles and auxiliary
contacts
Measure the operating times of poles and auxiliary contacts, following proce-dure in section entitled : ”PRE-COMMISSIONING INSPECTIONS”.If the values found are outside those given in the document ”Acceptation Cri-teria” contact ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Service.
Measurement of con-tact resistance
see section “MESUARING MAIN CIRCUIT RESISTANCE”This operation must be performed for thefirst time at factory, the values foundare taken as a reference to judge how the apparatus evolves with time.
CAUTION : BEFORE ANY MEASUREMENTS ARE TAKEN IT IS ABSO-LUTELY NECESSARY THAT THE APPARATUS BE ELECTRICALLY ANDMECHANICALLY INOPERATIVE.
Tightening ofmountings
Check and adjust, with a torque wrench, the tightening torques of screws onsub--assemblies not subjected to gas pressure. The tightening torques aregiven in paragraph ”Tightening torques”.
TighteningLV terminals
With the electric cubicle out of service, check that the connectors and tips of conductors are tightened correctly and check the torque of connection mount-ings.Tool used : 4 mm diameter screw driver , for terminals of the ”Entrelec” type(for example).
CAUTION : SCREWS ON TERMINALS MUST NOT BE OVER--TIGHT-ENED.
Relay operation Check relay operation by executing the following circuit--breakersequences :
D closing lock--out,
D automatic opening,
D anti--pumping.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 209/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0713/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued
Insulating envelopes Check the condition of insulating envelopes, these should be free from impact
marks, splintering, cracks, dust deposits, pollution etc...If necessary, clean these using a dry rag.If anomalies are found contact :ALSTOM Grid SA, Customer Service in order to change thedefective parts.
Interruptingchambers
Check the condition of interrupting chambers. This operation necessitatescomplete dismantling of the interrupting chamber to gain access to the ele-mentsto be inspected andshouldobligatorily be performed by ALSTOM GridSA, Customer Service -- to be contacted before all operations of this kind,preferably at the maintenance planning stage.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 210/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0714/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued
CAUTION : INSPECTION CANCOMMENCEONLY AFTER THECAPACI-
TOR HAS BEEN DISCHARGED AND EARTHED IN A DURABLE WAY.IF THESE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED, THE PERSONNELMAY BE ENDANGERED.
Capacitors(if applicable)
Check condition of capacitors as follows :
D clean capacitor insulating surfaces using a dry cloth,
D check tightening torque of capacitor mountings on the flange of the enclo-sure, if need be, change sealing washers,
D make sure that there are no traces of oil or moisture on the capacitors,
D check the braid connection between the capacitor and the circuit-breaker
casing.
Current transformers(if applicable)
Check condition of transformers as follows :
D clean transformer insulating surfaces using a dry cloth,
D check electrical connections on CT terminal blocks and cubicle,
D check attachment of CT to the enclosure, tightening to supporting studtorque.
D inspect, where applicable, the CT’s braid connection to the mainconductor,for CT with an electrostatic shield.
Potentialtransformers(where applicable)
Check condition of potential transformers as follows :D clean potential transformer insulating surfaces using a dry cloth,
D check electrical connections on PT terminal blocks and cubicle,
D check attachment of potential transformer, tightening torque,
D inspect, the attachments of the braid connection of potential transformer.
Lightning arrester(where applicable)
Check condition of lighting arrester as follows :
D clean lightning arrester insulating surfaces using a dry cloth,
D check attachments of lightning arrester to the pole, tightening torque.
Tightness ofenclosure(if applicable)
If the enclosure is under pressure, check the tightness of cover seals by ap-plying a soap solution around the entire periphery of the cover.
Also check tightness of all the enclosure viewports.
Replacement of en-closure cover seals(if applicable)
Refer affected section “REPLACEMENT OF ENCLOSURE COVERSEALS”.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 211/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0715/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Detail of circuit--breaker maintenance operations, continued
Changing the FK3--12 When carrying out the 10,000 cycle servicing the circuit breaker’s FK3--12
operating mechanism should be changed. This operation must be carried outby ALSTOM Grid S.A., Customer Services, who should be contacted priorto all interventions of this type during the planning phase.
Changingthe connectorRod assembly
When carrying out the 10,000 cycle servicing the circuit breaker’s connectorrod assembly should also be changed.This operation must be carried out by ALSTOM Grid S.A., Customer Ser-vices, who should be contacted prior to all interventions of this type duringthe planning phase.
Replacement of bea-ring motor--drivenfans(if applicable)
In case of anomaly in the state of the bearing of the motor--driven fans, con-tact:ALSTOM Grid S.A., Customer Service, in order to envisage changing thedeteriorated parts.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 212/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0716/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Detail of maintenance operations of disconnector, earthing switch and (or)starting disconnector (where applicable)
General condition ofequipment
To be dealt with during the foreseen circuit--breaker interventions.
Condition of controlrod system
Inspection of the control rod system will be performed at the same time as theforeseen circuit--breaker interventions.
Mechanical controlmechaism
Check condition of the mechanical control mechanism -- tightness of seals,moving parts, protection of the various elements...
Tightening ofmountings To be dealt with during the foreseen circuit--breaker interventions.
Relay operation To be dealt with during the foreseen circuit--breaker interventions.
Pole insulatingsupports
Check the condition of insulating supports ; these should be free from impactmarks, splintering, cracks, dust deposits, pollution etc...Clean with a dry rag.If anomalies are found on pole insulating supports, contact ALSTOM Grid
S.A. Customer Service.
Pole contacts These contacts are inspected with the cover removed, the disconnector de--energized and earthed ; this state is equallyvalid for the previous inspections.Measurecontactresistancebetween thedisconnector’s input andoutput ter-minals to appreciate how the condition of these contacts has evolved.Inspect silver-plating of contact fingers and tube no patches of copper shouldbe visible. If this is not the case, contact ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Ser-vice.
Operating times Measure operating times of poles and auxiliary contacts as explained in sec-tion entitled : “PRE-COMMISSIONING INSPECTIONS AND TESTS”.
If the values found are outside those given in the document “Acceptation Cri-teria”, contact ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Service.
Measurement of con-tact resistance
To be dealt with during the foreseen circuit--breaker interventions.
Replacing the earth-ing switch
In case of an anomaly following a guaranteed maximum overcurrent, contact:ALSTOM Grid S.A., Customer Service, in order to envisage changing thedeteriorated parts.Overhauling necessitates de--energizing the equipment.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 213/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0717/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Replacing the mechanical interruptor switch controls
Checking the direc-
tion of rotation
Note the supply voltage of motors on the operating mechanism terminals.
Conditions valid for mechanisms fitted to the earthing switch(es).
D Direction of operating mechanism rotation
-- Check that all keys required for unlocking are present.
-- Using the crank, place the operating mechanism in intermediary positionbetween fully open and fully closed.
-- Give an opening order locally by a brief impulse on the opening push--button situated in the control cubicle and interrupt IMMEDIATELY powersupplies to the motor and monitoring control.
Caution THE INTERRUPTION OF ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLIES MUST BE IM-
MEDIATE. IF THE APPARATUS OPERATES IN THE OPPOSITE DIREC-TION TO THE ORDER GIVEN : RISK OF SERIOUS DAMAGE TO EQUIP-MENT AND DANGER FOR PERSONNEL WORKING ON IT.
-- Check that the operating direction corresponds with the order given.
-- If the disconnector operates in the opposite direction to theorder given, ex-change two of the motor supply wires at arrival in the control cubicle.
D Operating
Check that the disconnector is operating correctly by performing a series of 5 opening--closing sequences by means of the local electric operating mecha-nism.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 214/274
Maintenance
Maintenance plan
G51--001EN0718/18
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Equipment end life cycle
Recycling Do not evacuate the SF6 gas in the atmosphere.It contributes to the green-
house effect.Pleasecontact ALSTOMGrid S.A. Customer Service; ourservicesdepart-ment who will make an offer proposal for equipment recycling.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 215/274
Maintenance
Electrical wear limits
G51--051EN031/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Electrical wear limits
Estimation Electrical wear can be determined by means of the curve below. This curve corre-
sponds with the formula :
0<I<10 kAΣI1.2 <12000 kA1.2 (*)
(*) Normal guarantee. In certain special operation conditions, other values may beguaranteed.
Diagram Electrical endurance load current
N u m b e
r o f i n t e r r u p t i o n s
1
10
100
1 000
10 000
100 000
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
kA
Current tables Admissible short circuit currents:
Current (kA) Number of interruptions
160 2
140 2
120 3
100 4
80 6
63 10
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 216/274
Maintenance
Electrical wear limits
G51--051EN032/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 217/274
Installation
Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection
G51--101EN031/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction To realize the electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection, it is
imperative to isolate the densimeter volume from the pole SF6 gas volume.
Warning Hazard of asphyxiationWhenever entering confined spaces there is a danger of death or seriousinjury by asphyxiation.
D Make sure the confined spaces are properly ventilated before personnelenter.
D Make sure a person outside of the confined space supervises the work.
D Obey the look--out/tag--out and permit to work procedures.
D Make sure escape routes are available and not blocked.
Inspection steps The electrical contact densimeter inspection must be done in several steps :
Step Topic Page
A Isolating the densimeter 2
B Densimeter inspection 3
C Placing the densimeter in communication with the SF6
volume4
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 218/274
Installation
Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection
G51--101EN032/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Isolating the densimeter
Process To isolate the densimeter only unscrew the nuts (1) on the 3 poles, which
close the valves “DILO” and densimeter isolation (2).
1
2
1
POLE 1
POLE 3
POLE 2
G A S
NOTUNSCREW
G A S
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 219/274
Installation
Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection
G51--101EN033/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Densimeter inspection
Pressure gauge
connection (tool)
The table below gives the steps of the pressure gauge connection (tool) :
Step Action
1 Remove the plug (10).
2 Install the filling tool (14).
3 Undo the valve--cap (15).
4 Connect up the 0--1 MPa pressure inspection gauge (11) by meansof its tube (12).
14
15
11 12
10
Testing The table below gives the steps of densimeter testing :
Step Action Comment/Diagram
1 Connect a test lamp to the “Alarm
pressure for the insulation” paedensimeter threshold.
Connection to the terminal
block of the operating mecha-nism in accordance with theelectrical diagram.
2 Calculate the effective pressure atwhich the “Alarm pressure for theinsulation” pae contact switchesover -- corrected in keeping withtemperature and local atmospher-ic pressure.
Value pae see technical char-acteristics.
3 D Create a leak by pressing on thepressure inspection gauge valve(13), making sure that the contactswitches over at the previously
calculated value.
D Proceed in the same way tocheck the contact of “Minimalpressure for the insulation” pme.
11
13
If one of the thresholds doesnot comply with the specifiedvalue, replace the densimeter.
4 When the test is finished, discon-nect the tube of the pressure in-spection gauge. Put the valve--cap(15) back and remove the fillingtool (14). 14
10
15
5 Reinstall the plug (10), applying atightening torque of 4 daN.m, leaktightness is only guaranteed if
this condition is respected.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 220/274
Installation
Electrical contact densimeter threshold inspection
G51--101EN034/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Placing the densimeter in communication with the SF6 volume
Process To put in communication the densimeter tighten torque the nuts only (1) on
3 poles, which allow to open the valves “DILO” and put into communicationof the densimeter (2).
1
2
1
POLE 1
POLE 3
POLE 2
G A S
NOTUNSCREW
G A S
11 daNm
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 221/274
Maintenance
Replacing the electrical contact densimeter
G51--161EN021/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction After inspection of the electrical contact densimeter threshold, if one of the
thresholds does not comply with the specified value, replace the densimeter.
State of densimeter The densimeter has been checking and its volume is isolated from the poleSF6 gas volume.
In this module The replacing of the electrical contact densimeter must be done in severalsteps :
Step Topic Page
A Removing the densimeter 2
B Installing the new densimeter 3
C Placing the densimeter in communication with the SF6volume
4
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 222/274
Maintenance
Replacing the electrical contact densimeter
G51--161EN022/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Removing the densimeter
Process The table below gives the steps of removing the densimeter :
Importantinformation
The densimeter has been checking and its volume is isolated from thepole SF6 gas volume. (see module ...51--101)
Step Action Diagram
1 D Disconnect the cable (22) of the densimeter (2).
2
22
G A S
2 D Press on the valve of the fill-ing tool (14), venting to atmo-spherethevolumeofthedensi-meter.
14
3 Once venting to atmosphere isfinished :
D Replace the valve--cap (15)on the filling tool (14).
D Remove the filling tool (14). 14
10
15
4 Reinstall the plug (10), apply-ing a tightening torque of 4 daN.m, leak tightness isonly guaranteed if this con-dition is respected
.5 D Unscrew and Remove the
densimeter (1) of the SF6checking block (2).
D Remove and destroy seal(23).
123
2
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 223/274
Maintenance
Replacing the electrical contact densimeter
G51--161EN023/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the new densimeter
Process The table below gives the steps of installing the densimeter :
Step Action Diagram
6 Assemblyprincipleanddensi-meter direction :
D Prepare the new densimeter(1) with new seal (23).
D Thighten the screw (3) onthe block (2) with a gap of 2mm,
D Maintain the screw (3) inposition (gap 2 mm) andscrew the densimeter (1) and
unscrew it in order to install iton requested position.
D Tighten the screw (3) tight-ening torque 8 daNm in orderto fix the densimeter.
1232
2mm
3
7 D Connect thecable (22) of thedensimeter (2).
22
2
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 224/274
Maintenance
Replacing the electrical contact densimeter
G51--161EN024/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Placing the densimeter in communication with the SF6 volume
Process To put in communication the densimeter tighten torque the nuts only (1) on
3 poles, which allow to open the valves “DILO” and put into communicationof the densimeter (2).
1
2
1
POLE 1
POLE 3
POLE 2
G A S
NOTUNSCREW
G A S
11 daNm
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 225/274
Maintenance
Replacement of enclosure cover seals
G51--202EN061/6
11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction During the erection of the circuit--breaker, some particular mounting or check-
ing operations will be realized.
Parts concerned Cover seals of enclosures FKG1 -- SKG1 -- IKG1 circuit--breaker and discon-nector.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 226/274
Maintenance
Replacement of enclosure cover seals
G51--202EN062/6
11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparing and installing static seals
Necessary products List of the ALSTOM products necessary :
ALSTOMreference
Diagram Designation
--01861262 Can of ISOPROPANOL (1l)
--01831320 ABRASIVE PAPER A 400
--02212334 RAG
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 227/274
Maintenance
Replacement of enclosure cover seals
G51--202EN063/6
11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparing and installing static seals
Process for
FKG1N / 1F / 1X and SKG1 / IKG1
The table below gives the steps of replacing cover seals :
Step Action Comment
1 Remove the damagedseals.
2 Sand if necessary to re-move all remaining glue.
3 De--grease using isopropylalcohol until all traces of theadhesive have beenremoved.
Using a clean rag
4 Bring the ends of the newseal together, applying abevelled cut on both, andplace it.
45o
5 Assemble the half--covers,applying recommendedtorques on screws.
Refer to the procedure“Connection with prepara-tion of contact surfaces”,see summary for reference(...31-50.). x38
x48FKG1F / 1X
x40
FKG1N
3.2 daNm
Vaseline
x28SKG1
/ IKG1
HM10--35
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 228/274
Maintenance
Replacement of enclosure cover seals
G51--202EN064/6
11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparing and installing static seals
Process for
FKG1F / 1X
The table below gives the steps of replacing cover seals :
Step Action Comment
6 Fit the seals by folding overtheextremities into theslotsin the cover
seal
7 Removetheprotection gas-ketsRefer to the procedure“Connection with prepara-tion of contact surfaces”,see summary for reference(...31-50.).
x6
HM8--30
x8 x18
1F / 1X
x6 x10 x16
1.6 daNm
Vaseline
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 229/274
Maintenance
Replacement of enclosure cover seals
G51--202EN065/6
11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparing and installing static seals
Process for
FKG1XP / XV / XW
The table below gives the steps of replacing cover seals :
Step Action Comment
1 Remove the damagedseals.
2 Sand if necessary to re-move all remaining glue.
3 De--grease using isopropylalcohol until all traces of theadhesive have beenremoved.
Using a clean rag
4 Bring the ends of the newseal together, applying abevelled cut on both, andplace it.
45o
5 Assemble the half--covers,applying recommendedtorques on screws.Refer to the procedure“Connection with prepara-tion of contact surfaces”,
see summary for reference(...31-50.).
3.2 daNm
Vaseline
HM10--35
1XP / 1XV / 1XW
.A = x 44 / x36 / x32
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 230/274
Maintenance
Replacement of enclosure cover seals
G51--202EN066/6
11--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparing and installing static seals
Process for
FKG1XP / XV / XW
The table below gives the steps of replacing cover seals :
Step Action Comment
6 Fit the seals by folding overtheextremities into theslotsin the cover
seal
7 Removetheprotection gas-ketsRefer to the procedure“Connection with prepara-tion of contact surfaces”,see summary for reference(...31-50.).
1.6 daNm
Vaseline
HM8--30
1XP / 1XV / 1XW
x6 / x6 / x6
x8 / x8 / x8
x4 / x4 / x4
.B2 =
.B3 =
.B1 =
.A.B2
.B1
.B1
.A
.B3
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 231/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN011/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction The GCB is comprinsing one or two supports of GCB equipments according
to the user need.DS.side, equipped support and (or) disconnector side with:
1 capacitor1 surge arrestor
GCB side and (or) disconnector with :1 or 2 VT’s with or without fuse,1 or 2 CT.
Illustration (800nf)
(400nf)
(50--100--200nf)
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Isolating the apparatus. 2
To remove the supports equipped. 3
To remove the equipments (VT’s, CT, capacitors, surge arrestor). 5
Equipped supports assembly. 9
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 232/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN012/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Isolating of apparatus
Caution DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ALL POSSIBLE SAFETY PRE-
CAUTIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO PROTECT PERSONNEL WORKINGON THE EQUIPMENT.
Reminder The inspection and overhaul operations described in this section should al-ways be performed with the apparatus isolated, in other words :
D main circuit “de-energized”,circuit--breaker “open”disconnector “open”
D starting disconnector “open”
D grounding of each extremity
E.S in closed position (1 or 2).D mechanically and electrically out of service.
Caution IF THESE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS OR THOSE IN FORCE ON THE SITEWHERE EQUIPMENT IS BEING INSTALLED ARE IGNORED, THE PER-SONNEL MAY BE ENDANGERED.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 233/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN013/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Remove of the equipped supports, continued
Remove
the roof covers
SEE MODULE FOR INTERVENTION “DISASSEMBLY OF THE ENCLO-
SURE COVERS”.
Capacitorsdisconnecting
Disconnect the braides from the capacitors (bolts A1) :(Applicable according to the user configuration)
x1
CHC M10--35
.A1
.A1
.A1
.A
Surge arestorsdisconnecting
Disconnect the braides from the surge arrestors (bolts B1) :(Applicable according to the user configuration)
x1CHC M8--20
.B1
.B1
.B1
.B
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 234/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN014/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Remove of the equipped supports, continued
Equipped supports
removal
To mark the position and remove the equipped supports (bolts C1) :
(Applicable according to the user configuration)
x4CHC M10--35
.C1
.C1
.C1
.C1
.C1
.C
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 235/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN015/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Removal capacitors and surge arrestors,
Remove
the equipments
Mark the location and remove the capacitors if necessary (bolts C2--C3).
Mark the location and remove the surge arrestors if necessary (bolts D1).
.C2
.D1
HM10--25
x4
.D1
.C2.C2
.C3
.C
.D
HM10--30
x4
.C3
HM12--35
x4
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 236/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN016/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Remove of the VT’s,
VT’s disconnectingTo mark and disconnect the electrical supply of the VT terminal (E).
Disconnect the VT’s braides :(according to the user configuration)
D without fuse disconnect the braides from the case (E1).
D with fuse disconnect the braide from the fuse (E2).
x1
.E2
x1
H M10--16
.E1
H M10--16
HM8--12
M6--12
x1
x5Secondaryterminals
Primaryterminal
.EH1
H2
.E2
.E1
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 237/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN017/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Remove of the VT’s equipped ,
Remove
the equipments
remove the fuse if necessary (bolts F1).
Mark the location and remove the VT’s if necessary (bolts G1).
.G
.F
1
1
2
.G
.F
x4H M8--20
.G1
x4
CHC M4--10
.F1
.F1
.F1
.G1
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 238/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN018/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Remove of the current transformer,
Process To mark and disconnect the electrical supply of the CT terminal (H1)
Remove (bolts H2) the connecting braids side CB if necessary (seeVS...GAD01D).Mark the location and remove the CT if necessary (bolts H3).
.H
.H2
.H2
SCREWS
SUPPLY FOLLOWING CUSTOMERCOMMAND(ORDER)
x4
H M16--35.H3
.H1
.H3
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 239/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN019/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Equipments removal
Procedure Reinstall the TC, VT’s, capacitors and surge arrestors on the supports
respecting the location marks during the disassembly, using the bolts (A--B---C--E--F) to refer disassemble procedure and proceed as follows :
D Reinstall the supports equipped on the top of GCB enclosure.
D Prepare the electrical contact surfaces (see module “Connection with elec-trical surfaces preparation”).
D Reinstall the grounding braid of the VT to the enclosure
D Reconnect the terminals and check the elementary diagram(VS......EDD01D).
D Tightening torque application (see module “Tightening torques”).
ATTENTION : Respect the specific tightening torque on the VT’s as hereaf-
ter .
J :-- Primary (braide) HM10--20 = 1.5 daNm-- Primary (braide grounding to the GCB enclosure)HM8--12 = 0.8 daNm-- Secondary M6--12 = 0.3 daNm.
NOTE : The lenght of the braides shall be respected as initial location
HM8--12
M6--12
x1
x5Secondaryterminals
Primaryterminal
.JH1
H2
HM10--20
1.5daNm
0.3daNm
0.8 daNm
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 240/274
Maintenance
Disassembly and assembly of the GCB equipments
G51--500EN0110/10
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 241/274
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
G52--001EN031/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Troubleshooting
Failures’ table The table here below gives the exemples of presumed failures including the
remedical measures :
EXAMPLE OF TROUBLE 1 : Operating mechanism does not performopening or closing operation
Cause of the presumed failure Remedical measures
D Tripping voltage lacking ?
D Coil defective ?
D Auxiliairy contacts do not transmitthe order ?
D ...
D Secure the supply voltage
D Replace the coil
D Proceed to adjust the auxiliarycontacts
D Position checking of spring condi-tion
D ...
EXAMPLE OF TROUBLE 2 : Spring operating mechanism does notcharge automatically
Cause of the presumed failure Remedical measures
D M.c.b. tripped ?
D Supply voltage lacking ?
D Motor defective ?
D Relay defective ?
D ...
D Switch the m.c.b. on
D Secure the supply voltage
D Replace the motor
D Replace the relay
D ...
EXAMPLE OF TROUBLE 3 : Incorrect contact in the operating mecha-nism due to the corrosion
Cause of the presumed failure Remedical measures
D Heating m.c.b. tripped ?
D Heating voltage lacking ?
D Heating resistor defective ?
D Mechanism housing not tight
D ...
D Switch the m.c.b. on
D Secure the heating voltage
D Replace the heating plate
D Check the housing seals, if neces-sary replace them.
D ...
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 242/274
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
G52--001EN032/2
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Troubleshooting, continued
Failures’ table The table here below gives the presumed failures including the remedical
measures.
EXAMPLE OF TROUBLE 4 : SF6 gas loss
Cause of the presumed failure Remedical measures
D SF6 loss up to 1st alarm
D SF6 manometer defective or theSF6 pipe.
D Continuity of the SF6 gas loss
D ...
D Normal reinflate the SF6 gas afterroughly 4 to 5 years.
D Check the tightness with leakdetector and change if necessary the
manometer or pipe.D Contact : ALSTOM Grid S.A. Cus-tomer Service.
D ...
Warning In case of not solved failures, contact : ALSTOM Grid S.A. Customer Ser-vice.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 243/274
Tooling
Tooling and accessories
G60--001EN141/8
03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction Special tooling is necessary for : commissioning, maintenance of the circuit--breaker or disconnector.
Only the tools and accessories specified on ordering are delivered. Commer-cially available tools (e.g. : spanners, torque wrenches, spirit levels...) are notsupplied.
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Special tools 2
Accessories 4
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 244/274
Tooling
Tooling and accessories
G60--001EN142/8
03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Special tools
Table of special
tools
The table below gives the ALSTOM special tools :
NUMBER DESIGNATION USE
D001875..
EMPTYTRANSPORT CASE
Transport of SF6 gasfilling tools and controltools.
N55000401
FILLING TOOL SF6 filling, topping---up.
--02842117N55161602
PRESSURE GAUGE
SF6 filling, topping---up. Inspection of densimeter thresh-olds.
--02557208N55161601
PRESSUREREDUCER
SF6 filling, topping---up.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 245/274
Tooling
Tooling and accessories
G60--001EN143/8
03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Special tools, continued
Table of special tools,
continued
The table below gives the continuation of ALSTOM special tools :
NUMBER DESIGNATION USE
D00001901
OPTION
LEAK DE-TECTOR
Checking gas---tightness of SF6
filling plug. SF6leak detection.
--02861501
TEST LAMP
Inspection of densimeterthresholds.Inspection of in-
terruption contactwear.
HB0006053010
ONLYCRANK
(FK3--12)
CRANK + TIP
(CMK)
Spring reloading.
Sheath 1N/Flg=1100
V0007825002
Sheath1X/XV/XW
lg=1400
V0007825003
+
LIFTINGGIRDER
FKG1N/1F1X/XP/1XV/-XW
Handling disas-
sembled circuit---breaker.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 246/274
Tooling
Tooling and accessories
G60--001EN144/8
03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Special tools, continued
Table of special tools,
continued
The table below gives the continuation of ALSTOM special tools :
NUMBER DESIGNATION USE
Distancebetweenphases
1200 at 1500V0008009006
1500 at 1800V0008009007
LIFTINGGIRDER
FKG1N/F/X/-XP/XV/XW
Handlingassembledcircuit--breaker.
Distancebetweenphases
700 at 1100HB0009931003
LIFTINGGIRDERFKG1N/F
Handlingassembledsingle circuit---breaker withenclosure.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 247/274
Tooling
Tooling and accessories
G60--001EN145/8
03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Special tools, continued
Table of special tools,
continued
The table below gives the continuation of ALSTOM special tools :
NUMBER DESIGNATION USE
Distancebetweenphases
700 at 1100HB0009806001
LIFTINGGIRDERFKG1N/F
Handlingassembledsingle circuit---breaker withoutenclosure.
Distancebetweenphases
700 at 1100
HB0009806004
Lifting of poles
Lifting of con-trols
+
LIFTINGGIRDER
FKG1N/F
Handlingassembledsingle circuit---breaker without
enclosure (sepa-rate elements)
HB0009931010
LIFTINGGIRDER
SKG1/IKG1
Handlingassembledsingle discon-nector.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 248/274
Tooling
Tooling and accessories
G60--001EN146/8
03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Accessories
Table of accessories The table below gives the ALSTOM accessories :
NUMBER DESIGNATION USE
--01861472
42 kg
SF6 BOTTLE SF6 filling topping--up.
--01861471
20 kg
SF6 BOTTLE SF6 filling topping--up.
--01818336 LOCTITE 262
(50 ml) Screw locking.
--01818327 LOCTITE 225
(250 ml) Screw sealing.
--01835208or
--01835205
MOBILPLEX47GREASE
or
MOBILUX EP3GREASE
Lubricating screws be-fore tightening to
torques.
--01835106 VASELINE 204--9 Preparation of electri-
cal contact surfaces.
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 249/274
Tooling
Tooling and accessories
G60--001EN147/8
03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Accessories, continued
Table of accessories,
continued
The table below gives the continuation of ALSTOM accessories :
NUMBER DESIGNATION USE
--01835118 CONTACTAL
GREASEPreparation of electri-cal contact surfaces.
--01831320 ABRASIVE PAPER
A 400Preparation of electri-cal contact surfaces.
--02212337 SCOTCH BRITE
A -- VFPreparation of electri-cal contact surfaces.
--02212334 RAG Preparation of electri-
cal contact surfaces.
--02211842 ROUND BRUSHNo.4 Preparation of electri-cal contact surfaces.
--02211831 BRUSH No.16 Preparation of electri-
cal contact surfaces.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 250/274
Tooling
Tooling and accessories
G60--001EN148/8
03--2012© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 251/274
Tooling
Installing short--circuit bars
G61--001EN061/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction Special tools necessary are used for the pre--commissioning of the generator.
Table of specialtools
The table below gives the ALSTOM special tools :
Diagram Designation Number
Terminal 3
Short--circuit bar 2
Shim (FKG1N--F) (SKG1) 3
Terminal support(FKG1X--XP--XV--XW)
2
HM12--75
Screw 24
HM12--70Screw 32
M12 Washer 88
M12 Nut 32
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 252/274
Tooling
Installing short--circuit bars
G61--001EN062/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Removing covers, (If applicable).
Removing covers Refer to the procedure “Removing (Re--install) the covers of the circuit brea-
ker”, see summary for reference.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 253/274
Tooling
Installing short--circuit bars
G61--001EN063/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Preparation of electrical contact surfaces
Process Prepare the contact surfaces, (grey tint areas of the elements above).
Refer to the procedure “Connection withpreparation of contact surfaces”, seesummary for reference (...31-50.),and to the procedure “Tightening torques”, see summary for reference(...31-001).
...31-50.
...31-001
FKG--SKG N/F
FKG X/XP/XV/XW
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 254/274
Tooling
Installing short--circuit bars
G61--001EN064/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the short--circuit bars
Install the terminals
FKG1N --F -- SKG1N--F
Install the terminal with the shim on each pole (FKG1N--F) or (SKG1N--F)
using screws and tighten to the recommended torque.Refer to the procedure “Connection withpreparation of contact surfaces”, seesummary for reference.
50% vaseline
+ 50% contactal
...31-50.
HM12--75
x24
5 daNm
x3
. A
. A
x3
FKG1SKG1
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 255/274
Tooling
Installing short--circuit bars
G61--001EN065/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the short--circuit bars
Install the terminals
(FKG1X--XP--XV--XW)
Install the terminal on the support (FKG1X/XP/XV/XW) on each pole using
screws and tighten to the recommended torque.Refer to the procedure “Connection withpreparation of contact surfaces”, seesummary for reference.
50% vaseline
+ 50% contactal
...31-50.
HM12--75
x24
5 daNm
x3
. A
. A
x3
Continued on next page.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 256/274
Tooling
Installing short--circuit bars
G61--001EN066/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Installing the short--circuit bars, continued
Install
the connection bars(FKG1N--F--X--XP--XV---
XW) -- (SKG1N--F)
Install the two short--circuit bars between each pole using screws and tighten
to the recommended torque.
Refer to the procedure “Connection withpreparation of contact surfaces”, seesummary for reference.
50% vaseline
+ 50% contactal
...31-50.
HM12--70
x32
5 daNm
. A
x2
. A
x2
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 257/274
End of equipment service life
Dismantling and recovery of components
from a circuit breaker
G80--000EN021/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
In this module This module contains the following subjects:
Subject Page
I -- Introduction 2
II -- General remarks 3
III -- Categories and treatment of the materials:1 -- Treatment of the SF6 gas2 -- Materials to be recycled3 -- Waste products to be destroyed by incineration4 -- Special wastes
4--5
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 258/274
End of equipment service life
Dismantling and recovery of components
from a circuit breaker
G80--000EN022/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
I -- Introduction
During the elimination phase for a High Voltage gas insulated circuit
breaker, at the end of its service life, the quality of the treatment of wastesgenerated represents the essential environmental aspect.
This manual proposes, for each element of a High Voltage gas insulatedcircuit breaker, the recommended method of elimination for the variousmaterials it comprises, as well as any possible precautions to be taken.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 259/274
End of equipment service life
Dismantling and recovery of components
from a circuit breaker
G80--000EN023/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
II -- General remarks
It is necessary to proceed with a maximum amount of dismantling, so as to
ensure the best recycling possible of the materials.
Various categories of materials can be distinguished depending on thewaste processing channel followed:
DSThe SF6 gas to be recycled or reprocessed
DSThe metals to be recycled (without taking into account any surfacetreatment, paintwork or electro--silverplating)
DSWaste products to be destroyed by incineration or sent to the wastedump depending on the channel available.
DSSpecial wastes
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 260/274
End of equipment service life
Dismantling and recovery of components
from a circuit breaker
G80--000EN024/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
III -- Categories and treatment of the materials
1 -- Treatment of
SF6 gas
The SF6 gas will be recycled in accordance with the recommendations of
the IEC 60480 Standard.
However, when recovering the SF6 gas, it is important to respect thefollowing precautions:
-- Weigh the recipients used before and after filling, so as to ensuretraceability of the weights recovered
-- For each recipient, carry out a measurement of the purity of the SF6gas and a search for the decomposition products (SO2, HF)
In case of absence of a local waste processing channel for the recycling of SF6, we recommend a return to our site in Villeurbanne, where we
propose reprocessing via our European service providers.
2 -- Materials to berecycled
Metals form the main constituent of a gas insulated substation.
The main types of metal making up a substation are:
-- Steel: steelwork structure, fasteners, electrical cubicle frames, etc.
-- Aluminium: moulded or mechanical welded enclosures, conductor bars,electrodes, etc.
-- Bolted fasteners, threaded rods, rating and name plates
-- Bare copper: electrical contacts, etc.
-- Insulated copper: electrical cable
It is important to separate these different metals when dismantling thesubstation at the end of its service life. In particular for small sub---assemblies made up of various materials.
In certain simple cases, it is sufficient to remove the fasteners ensuring theassembly and, in other cases, specific instructions shall be given.
The aluminium and copper elements must, under no circumstances,be mixed. Specific waste processing channels associated with thesematerials do not allow for perfect separation during their processing.
In cases where it is impossible to separate them, the componentmust be sent for incineration.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 261/274
End of equipment service life
Dismantling and recovery of components
from a circuit breaker
G80--000EN025/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
III -- Categories and treatment of the materials (contd.)
3 -- Waste products to
be destroyed byincineration
This type of waste includes the rest of the materials used in the
composition of a gas insulated substation, other than for a few veryspecific cases.
These waste products mainly include:
-- Parts in epoxy resin: insulating cone in the case of circuit breakers withinsertion resistance
-- Plastic parts loaded with glass fibre (insulating tubes, etc.)-- Seals and gaskets, rubber bands, roller bearings
-- Insulators (support or interrupting chamber) composites etc.
Where possible, we recommend that this type of waste be sent viaincineration channels with waste heat recovery.
4 -- Special wastes Certain elements, due to their function or the material constituting them,cannot be sent via a recycling or incineration channel.
They include the following components:
-- Insulating parts from the interrupting chamber
-- Absorbent molecular sieves
-- The active elements in electrical cubicles
-- Ceramic insulators (support or interrupting chamber) or those still calledporcelain, etc.
These waste products will follow specific channels and/or undergo certaintypes of processing.Precise instructions will be supplied for these types of components.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 262/274
End of equipment service life
Dismantling and recovery of components
from a circuit breaker
G80--000EN026/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 263/274
Equipment end of life
Management of SF6 gas
G80--001EN021/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
SF6 gas : Environmental impacts
Introduction The SF6 gas contributes to the greenhouse effect:
The greenhouse effect is a natural phenomena, which by capturing a part of the infra--red rays reflected from ground to space, enables the Earth to havean average temperature of 15°C.
The most abundant gases, which participate in the creation of this green-house effect are Water Vapour, Carbon Dioxide, Methane. However, since thebeginning of the industrial era, Man has released gases into the atmosphere,which artificially increase the greenhouse effect.Even if Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) is only present in the environment in lowlevels, it creates a greenhouse gas, which has the capacity to absorb theinfra--red rays emitted by the Earth, which is 22,200 times higher than that of Carbon Dioxide.
N.B. : 1 kg of SF6 gas emissions are, thus, the equivalent of22,200 kg of Carbon Dioxide, which corresponds to the green-house effect gas waste released by a gasoline vehicle covering120,000 km.
SF6 gas is used in High--and Medium--Voltageswitchgear for its breakingandinsulation capacities.The SF6 emissions can be generated in the equipment manufacturing, opera-ting, maintenance and decommissioning processes. The losses are, either,accidental (equipment breakage),or structural (equipment’s leaktightness).Under no circumstances, SF6 gas should be released to the environment:
N.B. : In accordance with the International Kyoto Agreements,European Regulations on fluorinated gases and IEC 62271--303applicable standards (e.g.. IEC 61634, SF6 gas handling opera-tions (filling, recovery) must be carried out by trained and quali-fied personnel, using tools and procedures enabling gas releasesto be limited.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 264/274
Equipment end of life
Management of SF6 gas
G80--001EN022/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
SF6 gas safety rules
New SF6
D Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) is a colourless, odourless and non--toxic gas.
D However, it is a gas, which does not maintain life.
This gas is heavier than air and the lower parts such as trenches or cabletroughs can contain a strong concentration of this gas, which could lead toasphyxia.
N.B. : The maximum permissible concentration on a workstation,assuming that people stay there 8 hours a day, 5 days a week,is 1000 ppm (i.e. 0.1%) of the volume. This very low level is astandard value for all non--toxic gases, which are not usuallypresent in the atmosphere.
Every recipient containing new SF6 gas should be labelled as indicatedbelow:
S 7/9 – Keep container tightly c losed in a well --
ventilated place.
S 20/21 – When using, do not eat, drink or
smoke.
S 45 – In the event of an accident, contact a
doctor immediately (if possible show the doctor
this label).
S61 -- Avoid release to the environment. Refer
to special Instructions / Safety Data Sheet.
S 63 – If inhaled, move the victim out of the
contaminated area and keep them still.
S51 -- Use only in well ventilated areas.
Clean SULPHUR
HEXALUORIDE
SF6
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 265/274
Equipment end of life
Management of SF6 gas
G80--001EN023/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
SF6 gas safety rules (contd.)
Used SF6 D Under the influence of electrical arcing, SF6 gas can be broken down intosub--products, which are more or less toxic and/or corrosive.
D Depending on their nature, these products can be irritant for the mucousmembranes, the respiratory tracts and the skin.
The SF6 decomposition products are brought to light, even when present invery low levels, by a strong pungent and sulphur odour.
Every recipient containing used SF6 gas should be labelled:Used SF6 gas will be stored in a pressurised, leak--tight container, which mustbe resistant to decomposition products (valves, connectors and piping inclu-ded) and will be regularly inspected in accordancewith thestandards in force.The maximum quantity of polluted gas stored on site will be defined in accor-
dance with the rules in force.
S 7/9 – Keep container tightly closed in a well-- ventilated
place.
S 20/21 – When using, do not eat, drink or smoke.
S 38 – In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respi-
ratory equipment.
S 45 – In the event of an accident, contact a doctor imme-
diately (if possible show the doctor this label).
S61 -- Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special
Instructions / Safety Data Sheet.
S 63 – If inhaled, move the victim out of the contaminated
area and keep them still.
S 51 -- Use only in well ventilated areas.
(Contains used Sulphur Hexafluoride SF6)
R 26/27/28 – VERY TOXIC BY INHALATION, INCONTACT WITH SKIN AND IF SWALLOWED.
C -- CORROSIVE T+ -- V ERY TOXIC
LiquidGAS,
toxic,
corrosive,
n.s.a.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 266/274
Equipment end of life
Management of SF6 gas
G80--001EN024/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
SF6 gas safety rules (contd.)
Used SF6
For all interventions, it is necessary to respect the following instructions:
In every zone where the SF6 is implemented
D It is forbidden to smoke, eat, drink or store food.
D Ventilation must be sufficient.
D It is forbidden to use a fuel engine.
D Individual protection must be worn, following the table below.
Individualprotection
SF6 Technicalgrade.
Pure SF6 andused gaswithout toxicproducts.
ConformingSF6 inclu-ding lowlevels of toxic pro-ducts .
Non--conforming SF6including toxic products.
SF6 (post--arcing).
Studies of the compart-
ment containing pollutedSF6.
Wearing of Gloves
Wearing of EyeProtection
Wearing of aSimple FaceMask
Wearing of aCartridge FilterFace Mask
Wearing of aCombination
N.B. : For the elimination, the individual protection is managed in HIW
D Furthermore, the personnel intervening on the equipment, must respect atminimum the following instructions : after draining gas,
-- Remove the SF6 decomposition products immediately after the openingof the equipment in order to avoid a chemical re--combination with water.
-- Ventilation must be sufficient.
-- Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner equipped with a dust filter and wipewith a clean, dry cloth.
-- Avoid shaking the cloth
-- Block the SF6 decomposition products (i.e. molecular sieve, cloth soiledwith a 3% sodium hydroxide solution during 24 h) and destroy as dangerouswaste.
D Avoid contact with soiled parts or dust (Individual Protection)
Soiled individual protection, soiled dusters, soiled molecular sieve, pollutedgas, must be destroyed as dangerous industrial waste. Polluted gas will beincinerated or recycled depending on its level of pollution.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 267/274
Equipment end of life
Management of SF6 gas
G80--001EN025/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Transportation of SF6 gas
D Transportation of SF6 gas is considered as a transportion of dangerousmaterials. It must be carried out in accordance with the regulations in force,especially the ADR Regulations in Europe (European Agreement concerningthe International Road Transport of dangerous materials).
D For each transport, each container must be labelled, the label must bevisible and be combined with a Health & Safety / Transportation label and aTransportation slip for dangerous materials must be drawn up.
D In the event of a transportation of SF6 gas containing toxic products(waste), the document for dangerous materials must include the ADR 2.2 TC classification with a Safety Plan. The combined label will be the following :
S 7/9 – Keep container tightly closed in a well-- ventilated place.
S 20/21 – When using, do not eat, drink or smoke.
S 38 – In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment.
S 45 – In the event of an accident, contact a doctor immediately (if possible
show the doctor this label).
S 61 -- Avoid release to the environment. Refer to special Instructions / SafetyData Sheet.
S 63 – If inhaled, move the victim out of the contaminated area and keep themstill.
S 51 -- Use only in well ventilated areas.
(Contains used Sulphur Hexafluoride SF6)
R 26/27/28 – VERY TOXIC BY INHALATION, INCONTACT WITH SKIN AND IF SWALLOWED.
C -- C ORROSIVE T+ -- VERY TOXIC
LiquidGAS,
toxic,
corrosive,n.s.a.
USED SF6
SULPHUR
HEXAFLUORIDE
D Loading and unloading operations are carried out by trained and qualifiedpersonnel in accordance with the instructions in force.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 268/274
Equipment end of life
Management of SF6 gas
G80--001EN026/6
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Applicable documentation
International Stan-
dardsD IEC60376: Technical Quality specifications of Sulphur Hexafluoride(SF6)for use in electrical devices.
D IEC 60 480 : guidelines concerning the testing and treatment of SulphurHexaluoride (SF6) sampled on electrical devices and specifications concer-ning re--use.
D IEC 62 271--303 : high--voltage switchgear – use and handling operationsof Sulphur Hexafluoride (SF6) in high--voltage switchgear.
Technical guides D SF6 Practical Handling instructions -- CIGRE Brochure 273 : SF6Practical Handling guide
D SF6 Recycling Guide(Revision 2003) -- CIGRE Brochure 234 -- August
2003 -- PARIS : SF6 recycling guide
European Regula-tions
European Regulations (EC) No842/2006 of 17th of May 2006 concerning cer-tain greenhouse effect fluorinated gases.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 269/274
Equipment end of life
Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas
and decomposition products
G81--001EN031/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Presentation
Introduction These maintenance directives incorporate measures for avoiding the hazards
involved in the application of SF6 gas to switchgear.Such directives are protective measures and recommendations for the userof SF6 switchgear.
Fundamentalrules
Instructions for performance of work on SF6 gas switchgear are given in theappropriate instruction manuals.Switchgear may only be opened after the preparations for scavenging havebeen completed.
In this module This module contains the following topics :
Topic Page
Evacuation of SF6 gas apparatus 2
Opening--up SF6 gas switchgear 3
Recapitulation of important instructions 4
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 270/274
Equipment end of life
Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas
and decomposition products
G81--001EN032/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Evacuation of SF6 gas apparatus
Principle and
precautions
The table below gives the principle of evacuation of SF 6 gas apparatus and
precautions to take :
Step Action
1 De--energize apparatus, switch--off where applicable and earth.
2 Connect the servicing unit to the gas filling nipple by means of ahose and using an adsorber filter.
3 Remove the SF6 gas using the vacuum pump. Depending on thegas volume ; it can be stored for re--use as per indications of IECstandard.
4 Fill gas compartment if possible with nitrogen or dry compressed airat rated pressure and subsequently, discharge outdoors (if possiblethrough an adsorber filter).
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 271/274
Equipment end of life
Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas
and decomposition products
G81--001EN033/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Opening--up SF6 gas switchgear
Precautions to take At the time of the opening--up SF6 gas switchgear, take the precautions
below :
DSOpen--up SF6 switchgear only after the gas has been evacuated and thepressure inside the apparatus has been reduced to that of atmosphericpressure.
DSPut the ventilation system in operation or ensure that fresh air circulatesin some other manner when switchgear which contains decompositionproducts is opened (e.g. circuit--breaker).
DSWear suitable fresh air breathing apparatus if there is even the slightestpossibility that personnel working on the equipment could be put in dangerthrough inhalation of hazardous amounts of gas vapor from powderydecomposition products.
DSWear special overalls when working on opened--up SF6 switchgear whichcontains powdery decomposition products. After completing work removeoveralls.
DS Avoid stirring--up dust and powder from SF6 switchgear. Difficult to removedust can be removed with dry non--fibrous rags. A vacuum cleaner should beused to remove loose dust. Thevacuum cleaner filter should be able to retainsparticles of a least 1 m in size.
DS Items (such as rags, vacuum cleaner, throw--away--overalls, gloves, etc.)which come in contact with thedecomposition products must be collected andneutralized so that the dust cannot be transferred. Before getting rid of theseitems neutralize in a 3 percent soda solution for 24 hours. verify the degreeof neutralization after 24 hours. When soda is added, no bubbles should be
result. If there are bubbles repeat the neutralization.DSUnder all circumstances ensure that the decomposition products neithercome in contact with skin, eyes, clothes, nor that they are swallowed orinhaled. Pay special attention to cleanliness of body, clothes andwork--bench. Dust or powder that comes in contact with skin must be washedaway with plenty of water.It is advisable to wash face, neck, arms and hands with soap and plenty of water before work--breaks and after stoppage of work.
DS Avoid eating, drinking, smoking or storing eatables in rooms or outdoorsnear to opened SF6 switchgear which may contain arc--decomposed powder.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 272/274
Equipment end of life
Instructions on the handling of used SF6 gas
and decomposition products
G81--001EN034/4
02--2011© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should berelied on that it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It isprovided without liability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, isstrictly prohibited. GRID
Recapitulation of important instructions
Reminder Pure, non--contaminated SF6 gas is non--poisonous. Electrical discharges
and fault--switching arcs will give rise to different grades of poisonousdecomposition products. In small amounts gaseous decomposition productsproduce -- within seconds and before any poisonous effects can take place-- warning symptoms, such as an unpleasant piercing odor, nasal, mouth andeye irritations, which enable working personnel to withdraw to safety. Soliddecomposition products (powdery residues from switching) can cause skinirritations. SF6 is about five times heavier than air, and in the absence of turbulence, results in the gas collecting just above ground level and causingsuffocation through a deficiency of oxygen.
Important
instructions
The table below recapitulates the important instructions to follow at the time
of handling of used SF6 gas and decomposition products :No. Instruction
1 As soon as an unpleasant, piercing odor from decomposition productsbecomes perceptible leave the substation room without delay. enterthe room only after thorough ventilation or when wearing suitableoxygen breathing masks (with filtering or fresh air device).
2 After disturbances, enter the substation room only after havingthoroughly aired the room or when wearing independent of ambient--air operating oxygen breathing masks, or alternatively, afterverifying by measurement that the ambient air contains at least 17%volume of oxygen, especially if, one has to reckon with theconcentration of SF6 in hazardous amounts.
3 Enter rooms located below, and connected with the substation--roomsafter thorough ventilation only, or when wearing oxygen breathingmasks which operate independent of the ambient--air, or alternatively,after having verified by measurement that the ambient air contains atleast 17% volume of oxygen.
4 Ensure that the room ventilation operates satisfactorily, whilstmaintenance work is being performed on SF6 switchgear (dischargingand filling of gas, opening and cleaning of equipment).
5 When working on opened SF6 switchgear protect skin against contactwith gas and avoid swallowing or inhaling of gas. Ensure body, clothingand work--bench cleanliness. Wear special work--overalls and aftercompletion of work discard latter.
6 Wash skin which comes in contact with powder deposits with plenty of water. Before work--breaks and after work wash face, neck, arms andhands thoroughly with soap and plenty of water.
7 Do not stir--up powder deposits resulting from arc--switching. Removesticky powder with dry rags. Use suitable vacuum cleaner withpaper--filter to remove loose powder. Discard used items andfilter--bags in such a manner that powder deposit does not spread.Before discarding neutralize used items.
8 Avoid eating, drinking and storing eatables in rooms with opened SF6
switchgear which contains powder deposits.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 273/274
© ALSTOM 2010. All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is indicative only. No representation or warranty is given or should be relied onthat it is complete or correct or will apply to any particular project. This will depend on the technical and commercial circumstances. It is provided withoutliability and is subject to change without notice. Reproduction, use or disclosure to third parties, without express written authority, is strictly prohibited.
GRID
This page is intentionally blank.
7/17/2019 I, O, M Manual for FKG1X Alstom GCB
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/i-o-m-manual-for-fkg1x-alstom-gcb 274/274